Sicam q100 7kg95 Series [PDF]

Zitiervorschau

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 1 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

Preface Open Source Software Contents

Class A Power Quality Instrument and Power Monitoring Device SICAM Q100 7KG95xx V2.10 Device Manual

User Information Overview Device Design Measured Quantities and Recording Energy Management Security Getting Started Connection Principle Operation at Use of a PC Operation at Use of the Display Time Synchronization Maintenance, Storage, Transport Failures and LED Indications Technical Data Operational Indications Operating Parameters Glossary Appendix Index

E50417-H1040-C522-A6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 2 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

NOTE For your own safety, observe the warnings and safety instructions contained in this document, if available.

Disclaimer of Liability

Copyright

This document has been subjected to rigorous technical review before being published. It is revised at regular intervals, and any modifications and amendments are included in the subsequent issues. The content of this document has been compiled for information purposes only. Although Siemens AG has made best efforts to keep the document as precise and up-to-date as possible, Siemens AG shall not assume any liability for defects and damage which result through use of the information contained herein.

Copyright Siemens AG 2019. All rights reserved. The disclosure, duplication, distribution and editing of this document, or utilization and communication of the content are not permitted, unless authorized in writing. All rights, including rights created by patent grant or registration of a utility model or a design, are reserved. Registered Trademarks

This content does not form part of a contract or of business relations; nor does it change these. All obligations of Siemens AG are stated in the relevant contractual agreements. Siemens AG reserves the right to revise this document from time to time. Document version: E50417-H1040-C522-A6.05 Edition 06.2019 Version of the product described: V2.10

SIPROTECTM and SICAMTM are registered trademarks of SIEMENS AG. An unauthorized use is illegal. All other designations in this document can be trademarks whose use by third parties for their own purposes can infringe the rights of the owner.

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 3 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

Preface Purpose of this Manual This manual describes the application, functions, installation, commissioning, and operation of the Class A Power Quality Instrument and Power Monitoring Device SICAM Q100 7KG95xx. Target Group This manual is intended for project engineers, commissioning and operating personnel in electrical systems and power plants. Scope of Validity of this Manual This manual is valid for the Class A Power Quality Instrument and Power Monitoring Device SICAM Q100 7KG95xx. Further Support For any questions concerning your system, please contact your Siemens representative. The Siemens Customer Support Center provides around-the-clock support. Phone:

+49 (180) 524-7000

Fax:

+49 (180) 524-2471

Internet:

www.siemens.com/powerquality

e-mail:

[email protected]

Training Courses If you are interested in our current training program, please contact our training center: Siemens AG Siemens Power Academy TD Humboldtstr. 59 D-90459 Nuremberg Tel.:

+49 (911) 433-7415

Fax:

+49 (911) 433-7929

Internet:

https://www.siemens.com/poweracademy

e-mail:

[email protected]

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

3

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 4 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

Notes On Safety This manual is not a complete index of all safety measures required for operation of the equipment (module, device). However, it comprises important information that must be noted for purposes of personal safety, as well as in order to avoid material damage. Information is highlighted and illustrated as follows according to the degree of danger.

DANGER DANGER means that death or severe injury will occur if the appropriate safety measures are not taken. ✧

Follow all advice instructions to prevent death or severe injury.

WARNING WARNING means that death or severe injury can occur if the appropriate safety measures are not taken. ✧

Follow all advice instructions to prevent death or severe injury.

CAUTION CAUTION means that minor or moderate injury can occur if the appropriate safety measures are not taken. ✧

Follow all advice instructions to prevent minor injury.

NOTICE NOTICE means that damage to property can occur if the appropriate safety measures are not taken. ✧

Follow all advice instructions to prevent damage to property.

NOTE is important information about the product, the handling of the product, or the part of the documentation in question to which special attention must be paid.

4

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 5 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

Personnel Qualified in Electrical Engineering Only qualified electrical engineering personnel may commission and operate the equipment (module, device) described in this document. Qualified electrical engineering personnel in the sense of this manual are people who can demonstrate technical qualifications as electrical technicians. These persons may commission, isolate, ground, and label devices, systems and circuits according to the standards of safety engineering. Use as Prescribed The equipment (device, module) must not be used for any other purposes than those described in the Catalog and the Technical Description. If it is used together with third-party devices and components, these must be recommended or approved by Siemens. If the device is not used in accordance with the Product Information and this manual, the scheduled protection is impaired. Problem-free and safe operation of the product depends on the following: •

Proper transport

•

Proper storage, setup, and installation

•

Proper operation and maintenance

When electrical equipment is operated, hazardous voltages are inevitably present in certain parts. If proper action is not taken, death, severe injury, or property damage can result. •

The equipment must be grounded at the grounding terminal before any connections are made.

•

All circuit components connected to the power supply may be subject to dangerous voltage.

•

Hazardous voltages may be present in equipment even after the supply voltage has been disconnected (capacitors can still be charged).

•

Equipment with exposed current transformer circuits must not be operated. Prior to disconnecting the equipment, ensure that the current transformer circuits are short-circuited.

•

The limit values stated in the document may not be exceeded. This must also be considered during testing and commissioning.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

5

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 6 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

Used Symbols

No.

6

Symbol

Description

1

Direct current IEC 60417-5031

2

Alternating current IEC 60417-5032

3

Direct and alternating current IEC 60417-5033

4

Three-phase alternating current

5

Earth (ground) terminal IEC 60417-5017

6

Protective conductor terminal IEC 60417-5019

7

Caution, risk of electric shock

8

Caution, risk of danger ISO 7000-0434

9

Guideline 2002/96/EC for electrical and electronic devices

10

Guideline for the Eurasian Market

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 7 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

Statement of Conformity This product complies with the directive of the Council of the European Communities on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 2004/108/EC - valid until April 19th, 2016; EMC Council Directive 2014/30/EU valid as of April 19th, 2016) and concerning electrical equipment for use within specified voltage limits (Lowvoltage Directive 2006/95/EC - valid until April 19th, 2016; Lowvoltage Directive 2014/35/ EU - valid as of April 20th, 2016). This conformity has been established by means of tests conducted by Siemens AG according to the Council Directive in agreement with the generic standards EN 61000-6-2 and EN 61000-6-4 for the EMC directives, and with the standard EN 61010-1 for the low-voltage directive. The device has been designed and produced for industrial use. The product conforms to the standard IEC 62586-1, Ed. 1.

Further Standards This product is UL-certified to Standard UL 61010-1, third edition, based on the specification stated in Chapter 14 (Technical Data). UL File No.: E228586

Open-type Measuring Equipment 2UD1

For further information see UL database on the internet: https://ul.com. Choose Online Certifications Directory and insert E228586 under UL File Number.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

7

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 8 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

8

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 9 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

Open Source Software The product contains, among other things, Open Source Software developed by third parties. The Open Source Software used in the product and the license agreements concerning this software can be found in the Readme_OSS. These Open Source Software files are protected by copyright. Your compliance with those license conditions will entitle you to use the Open Source Software as foreseen in the relevant license. In the event of conflicts between Siemens license conditions and the Open Source Software license conditions, the Open Source Software conditions shall prevail with respect to the Open Source Software portions of the software. The Open Source Software is licensed royalty-free. Insofar as the applicable Open Source Software License Conditions provide for it, you can order the source code of the Open Source Software from your Siemens sales contact - against payment of the shipping and handling charges - for a period of at least 3 years since purchase of the Product. We are liable for the Product including the Open Source Software contained in it pursuant to the license conditions applicable to the Product. Any liability for the Open Source Software beyond the program flow intended for the Product is explicitly excluded. Furthermore any liability for defects resulting from modifications to the Open Source Software by you or third parties is excluded. We do not provide any technical support for the Product if it has been modified.

NOTE To read the Readme_OSS file, a PDF viewer must be installed on the computer.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

9

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 10 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

10

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 11 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

Contents Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Open Source Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1

User Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

2

Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

3

4

2.1

Device Versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

2.2

Ordering Information, Scope of Delivery and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Device Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 3.1

Mechanical Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

3.2

Display and Softkeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

3.3

Terminal Diagram of the Back Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Measured Quantities and Recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 4.1 4.1.1

Measuring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

4.1.2

Flicker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

4.1.3

Transients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

4.1.4

Mains Signaling Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

4.1.5

Rapid Voltage Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

4.1.6

Harmonic Power and Harmonic Angles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

4.1.7

Recording of Measured Quantities and Events. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

4.2

Measured Quantities Depending on the Connection Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

4.2.2

Data Availability of Measured Quantities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

4.2.3

Recording and Evaluation of Measured Quantities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Display of Measured Quantities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

4.3.1

Measured Quantities and Operational Measurement Uncertainty acc. to IEC 62586-1 Product Standard, Class A, Standards IEC 61000-4-30, Ed. 3, IEC 61000-4-7, and IEC 61000-4-15 . . . . . . . . . 78

4.3.2

Measured Quantities and Operational Measurement Accuracy acc. to IEC 61557-12. . . . . . . . . . 80

4.3.3

Accuracy of the Frequency Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Energy Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 5.1

Load-Profile Determination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

5.1.1

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

5.1.2

Methods of Load-Profile Determination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

5.1.3

Historical Load-Profile Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

5.1.4

Current Load-Profile Data at the Communication Interfaces and in the User Interface . . . . . . . . . 88

5.1.5

Synchronization of the Load Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

5.2 6

Measured Quantities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

4.2.1

4.3

5

Power Quality Measuring System and Recording System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Tariffs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 6.1

Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

11

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 12 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

6.2 6.2.1

Function Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

6.2.2

Configuration via User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

6.3

Function Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

6.3.2

Security Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Function Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

6.4.2

Configuration via the User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

7.1

Unpacking, Inspecting the Delivery, Installing, and Changing the Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

7.2

Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

7.2.1

General Assembly Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

7.2.2

Environmental Protection Hints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

7.2.3

Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Electrical Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

7.3.1

Safety Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

7.3.2

Electrical Connection of SICAM Q100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

7.4

System Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

7.5

Access Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

7.6

Meaning of the LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

7.7

Commissioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

7.7.1

Initial Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

7.7.2

Changes During Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

7.7.3

Starting the Device with the Default IP Address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Connection Principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 8.1

Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

8.2

Communication Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

8.2.1

Ethernet Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

8.2.2

RS485 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

8.3

Connection Types and Connection Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

8.3.1

Using SICAM Q100 in the Power Systems IT, TT, and TN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

8.3.2

Examples – Standard Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

8.3.3

Example - Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Operation at Use of a PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 9.1

12

TCP/UDP Ports Used. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111

7.3

9

Password Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

6.4.1 6.5

8

Security Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

6.3.1 6.4

7

Account Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

General Usage Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 13 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9.2 9.2.1

Initial Start of the Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

9.2.2

Enabling JavaScript . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

9.2.3

Changing the Buffer Mechanism (only for Microsoft Internet Explorer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

9.2.4

Changing the Security Setting (only for Microsoft Internet Explorer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

9.2.5

Number of Connections via HTML . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

9.2.6

Layout of the User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

9.2.7

Starting the User Interface during Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

9.3

Configuration of the Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

9.3.1

Device Configuration Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

9.3.2

Access to the Passive Set of Parameters by Multiple Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

9.3.3

Setting the Operational Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

9.3.4

HMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

9.3.5

Energy Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

9.3.6

Recording and Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

9.3.7

Setting Administrative Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

9.4

Value View and Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

9.4.1

Process Connections and Automation Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

9.4.2

Evaluation and Data Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

9.5

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

9.5.1

Firmware Upload. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

9.5.2

Formatting the SD Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

9.5.3

Presets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

9.5.4

Message Logs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

9.5.5

Evaluation and Data Management – Transient Detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

9.5.6

Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

9.6

AC Calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

9.7

Example of a Parameterization and Measured Value Evaluation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

9.7.1

Task Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

9.7.2

Initial Situation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

9.7.3

Parameterization as Defined by the Task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

9.7.4

Performing the Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

9.8 10

Start and Design of the User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Flowchart of Modbus RTU Master and Modbus Gateway Parameterization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

Operation at Use of the Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 10.1

General Operating Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

10.2

Starting Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

10.3

Display Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

10.4

Parameterization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

10.4.1

Menu Tree of the Main Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

10.4.2

Measured Quantities Submenus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

10.4.3

Submenus for Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

10.4.4

Menu Tree of the Settings Submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

10.4.5

User-defined Screens Submenus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

13

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 14 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

11

12

13

14

Time Synchronization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 11.1

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362

11.2

Internal Time Keeping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362

11.2.1

Time Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362

11.2.2

Status Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362

11.3

External Time Synchronization per NTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363

11.4

External Time Synchronization via Fieldbus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

11.5

Internal Time Synchronization via RTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

Maintenance, Storage, Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365 12.1

Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366

12.2

Storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366

12.3

Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366

Failures and LED Indications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 13.1

General Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368

13.2

Indications Signaled by LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369

13.3

Troubleshooting, Repair, and Fallback Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373

13.3.1

Troubleshooting and Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373

13.3.2

Fallback Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379 14.1 14.1.1

General Device Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380

14.1.2

Inputs and Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381

14.1.3

Communication Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383

14.1.4

Environmental Conditions and Climatic Stress Tests. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385

14.1.5

General Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386

14.2

Test Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387

14.2.1

Electrical Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387

14.2.2

Mechanical Stress Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389

14.2.3

Safety Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389

14.3

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390

15

Operational Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393

16

Operating Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 16.1 16.1.1

AC Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398

16.1.2

Binary Inputs U1/U2 and U3/U2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399

16.1.3

Binary Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401

16.1.4

LEDs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403

16.2

14

Process Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398

Automation Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404

16.2.1

Limit Violation 1-8 and 9-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405

16.2.2

Group Indications 1-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 15 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16.3

HMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407

16.3.1

Display Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407

16.3.2

User-Defined Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407

16.4

Energy Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410

16.4.1

Load Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410

16.4.2

Tariffs (TOU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410

16.4.3

Energy Upper Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411

16.4.4

Energy Freeze and Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411

16.5

Recording and Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412

16.5.1

Event Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412

16.5.2

Trigger Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413

16.5.3

Recorder Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414

16.5.4

Mains Signaling Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415

16.5.5

Memory Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415

16.5.6

Report Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417

16.5.7

Recording Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418

16.5.8

Transient Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418

16.6

Administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419

16.6.1

Time Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419

16.6.2

Ethernet Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421

16.6.3

OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423

16.6.4

Communication Serial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424

16.6.5

Modbus Slave Devices 1 – 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426

16.6.6

SICAM Subdevices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430

16.6.7

Device and Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434

16.6.8

Account Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435

16.6.9

Security Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438

16.6.10

Password Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439

16.6.11

Syslog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440

Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441 Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

15

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 16 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 17 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

1 User Information

1

User Information

Application The SICAM Q100 is a multifunctional device for the detection, processing, and evaluation of measured quantities and events according to IEC 61000-4-30, class A, power quality (PQ) standard. The energy management functions also allow determining load profiles and setting up to 8 tariffs. The device is used on all voltage levels of power supply systems. SICAM Q100 is used in 1-phase systems and in 3-wire and 4-wire systems (with neutral conductor). The device is mainly used by power utilities but also in other industrial and commercial sectors. In addition to the measuring function, SICAM Q100 features various recorders (for example, measured value recorders) to record the measured quantities and the load profile in programmable time intervals. Long-term data and events are analyzed and output as report according to power quality standards, for example EN 50160. The input circuits for voltage measurement are galvanically isolated and can be used in IT, TT, and, TN networks. To ensure galvanic separation for current measurements, the lines connected to the current measuring inputs are galvanically separated from the current transformers. The measurements are obtained from the alternating quantities of current and voltage supplied to the AC inputs. When no external voltage and current transformers are used, the device can process rated input alternating voltages of up to VP-N = 230 V (110 V for UL condition) and rated input alternating currents up to 5 A. The integrated web server can be used to set the parameters and display the measured values on HTML pages from the connected computer. With the internal graphic display, a limited parameterization via softkeys can be carried out on the front panel and measured values can be output via the display. To communicate with the systems control and other process automation equipment and to transmit operational measured values, metered values, indications, load profiles, etc., the device features an Ethernet interface and an RS485 interface. Measured quantities: •

Alternating voltage and alternating current

•

Unbalanced of alternating voltage and alternating current

•

Active, reactive, and apparent power

•

Active, reactive, and apparent energy

•

Power frequency

•

Phase angle

•

Power factor and active power factor

•

THDS (Subgroup Total Harmonic Distortion) of alternating voltage and alternating current

•

Harmonics and interharmonics of alternating voltage and alternating current

•

Flicker acc. to IEC 61000-4-15

•

Transients

•

Mains signaling voltage (MSV)

The uncertainty of operational measurements of the measured quantities is defined as per IEC 62586-1 product standard, class A (leading standard), the IEC 61000-4-30 power quality standard, and the IEC 62586-1, Ed. 1 standard. For detailed information on measured quantities and measured values, see the chapter 4.2 and the technical data in the chapter 14.1.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

17

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 18 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

1 User Information

Functionality of the Recorders The recorders can record measured quantities, events, and load profiles in parameterizable time intervals. The following recorder types are used: •

Measurement recorder: recording of PQ measured quantities acc. to IEC 61000-4-30 (for example, frequency, voltage magnitude) and non-PQ measured quantities (for example, currents, power) over parameterized periods, for example, 10-second frequency, aggregation of voltage, current, power.

•

Trend recorder: long-term recording and monitoring of the voltage change history over a parameterized period of time in programmable tolerance ranges; 1/2 cycle RMS values

•

Fault recorder: Recording of sampled values of voltage and current using programmable triggers, maximum 256 samples per cycle

•

Event recorder: recording of maximum 256 frequency events and voltage-unbalance events each, as well as voltage events of which the maximum counter depends on the memory configuration

•

Mains signaling voltage recorder: recording of mains signaling voltage on the supply voltage.

The device features a 2-GB memory for storing the recorder data. Energy Management As part of the energy management, SICAM Q100 records load profiles according to the Fixed Block and Rolling Block method for all power quantities. Additionally, it is possible to calculate up to 8 tariffs (TOU = Time of Use). The synchronization is made with external or internal triggers. Communication SICAM Q100 has an Ethernet interface and an electric RS485 interface. Ethernet supports the device parameterization, transmission of measured data, metered values, load profiles, and indications/events and the time synchronization with NTP. The communication protocols used are HTTPS, Modbus TCP, and IEC 61850 server. The RS485 interface supports the transmission of measured data, metered values, load profiles, and indications and the time synchronization. The communication protocol is Modbus RTU. The integrated Ethernet switch in the device allows cascading further network components (SICAM subdevices) via a Y cable and integrating them in an existing network with IEC 61850 or another Ethernet protocol. Time Synchronization During operation SICAM Q100 needs the date and time for all time-relevant processes. This ensures that a common time basis exists when communicating with peripheral devices and enables time stamping of the process data. The following types of time synchronization can be executed: •

External time synchronization via Ethernet NTP (preferred)

•

External time synchronization via fieldbus using the Modbus RTU communication protocol

•

Internal time synchronization via RTC (if external time synchronization is not available)

Parameterization Parameters are set using an internal Web browser with HTML pages from the connected computer. Internet Explorer 6 (or higher) is required for this purpose. Devices featuring a display offer a limited parameterization function using the front softkeys.

18

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 19 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

2 Overview

2

Overview

2.1

Device Versions

20

2.2

Ordering Information, Scope of Delivery and Accessories

22

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

19

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 20 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

2 Overview 2.1 Device Versions

2.1

Device Versions SICAM Q100 is a multifunctional device for the detection, calculation, recording, evaluation, display, and transmission of measured electrical quantities with the following properties:

Consistent Device Properties All devices consistently feature the following properties: •

•

Device type:



Power Monitoring Device and Class A Power Quality Recorder with measured value recorders and internal 2-GB memory

    

Panel flush mounting device with display for measured values and parameterization Plastic case 96 mm x 96 mm x 100 mm (W x H x D) Web server for parameterization, visualization, and data management Galvanically isolated voltage measuring inputs Transmitting measured values using communication protocols

Input and output circuits:

   

4 inputs for alternating voltage measurements 4 inputs for alternating current measurements 2 binary inputs for example, for synchronization pulses of the load profile or external triggers 2 binary outputs

•

Measurement acc. to standard IEC 61000-4-30, class A

•

Measured quantities

            •

Current I System frequency f (fundamental) Active power P (accuracy class 0.2S; ANSI C12.20 current class 2 and current class 10) Reactive power Q Apparent power S Energy measurements W Active power factor cos  Measurement up to the 63th harmonics/49th interharmonics of voltage and current Flicker acc. to IEC 61000-4-15 Mains signaling voltage Harmonics phase angles, harmonic power

Measurements for evaluation and supervision

     •

Voltage V

Minimum/mean/maximum values Event detection, for example voltage dips, voltage swells, voltage interruptions Limit violations Energy management (load profiles and tariffs) Transient detection

Data export

 

CSV data PQDIF data IEEE1159.3: PQDIF for PQ records (events, measurements, records)



COMTRADE data IEC 60255-24/IEEE Std C37.111: Measuring relays and protection equipment – Part 24: Common format for transient data exchange (COMTRADE for power systems) for fault records

20

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 21 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

2 Overview 2.1 Device Versions

•

Internal Ethernet switch

•

Certificates

  •

CE certification UL certification

Evaluations



Output of power quality reports

Variants SICAM Q100 is available in different variants: •

Communication via Ethernet

  •

Only Modbus TCP protocol Modbus TCP protocol or IEC 61850 server protocol

Serial communication

 

Without RS485 interface With RS485 interface: - Modbus RTUslave protocol - Modbus RTU master protocol and gateway function

•

Degree of protection of front



IP40

SICAM Q100

SICAM Q100, Display Side

Figure 2-1

SICAM Q100 with RS485 Interface, Terminal Side

SICAM Q100

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

21

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 22 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

2 Overview 2.2 Ordering Information, Scope of Delivery and Accessories

2.2

Ordering Information, Scope of Delivery and Accessories

Ordering Information Use the following ordering code to order SICAM Q100 devices:

Description

Order No. / MLFB

Power Monitoring Device and Power Quality Recorder, Class A 123

SICAM Q100 CE Certification and UL Certification

4

5

6

7

8

9

10 11 12

7KG 9 5 0 1 - 0 A A

13 14 15 16

1 -

A A 1

Device type Dimensions 96 mm x 96 mm x 100 mm Panel mounted instrument with graphical display 4 Inputs for AC voltage measurements 4 Inputs for AC current measurements 2 Binary inputs 2 Binary outputs Web server for parameterization , visualization and data management Ethernet switch Internal memory 2 GB Measurings, Monitoring, Recording and Power Quality (PQ) Functions Measurements acc. to standard IEC 61000-4-30, class A Measured quantities: V, I, f, P, Q, S, W, cos phi, Flicker Measurement min/max/mean values Measurements till 63th harmonics (current, voltage) Limit violations Energy management: Load profiles and tariffs Transient detection Recorder for Power Quality measured values Event recording, visualisation Online PQ reporting e.g. acc. to EN 50160 Serial Interface and Communication Protocol Without RS485 – Modbus RTU slave, and Modbus RTU master and gateway function

0 3

Degree of Protection of Front IP40 Ethernet Interface and Communication Protocol, RJ45 Modbus TCP IEC 61850 server and Modbus TCP Figure 2-2

22

0 2

Ordering Code for SICAM Q100

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 23 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

2 Overview 2.2 Ordering Information, Scope of Delivery and Accessories

Scope of Delivery The delivery comprises the following components depending on the ordering code: •

SICAM Q100 according to ordering code (see Figure 2-2)

•

Battery (insulated in the battery compartment of the device)

•

Mounting element

•

Product Information

Accessories You can order the following accessories: •

Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522 (download available at https://www.siemens.com/powerquality)

•

RS485 bus terminating plug 220 W in a 9-pin D-sub connector plug: 7XV5103-5AA00

•

Connectors for alternating voltage inputs Order via: Phoenix Contact GmbH & Co. KG Item number: 1700734 Product name: GMSTB 2.5 HCV/ 4-ST-7.62 BK TS Minimum order quantity: 50 pieces

•

Various cables as listed in the following tables:

Table 2-1

RS485-Y Bus Cable (2-Wire, Shielded, with 9-Pin D-sub Connector Plugs)

Cable Length

Order No.

1m

7XV5103-0AA01

3m

7XV5103-0AA03

5m

7XV5103-0AA05

10 m

7XV5103-0AA10

Table 2-2

RS485 Bus Extension Cable (2-Wire, Shielded, with 9-Pin D-sub Connector Plugs)

Cable Length

Order No.

10 m

7XV5103-1AA10

20 m

7XV5103-1AA20

30 m

7XV5103-1AA30

40 m

7XV5103-1AA40

50 m

7XV5103-1AA50

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

23

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 24 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

2 Overview 2.2 Ordering Information, Scope of Delivery and Accessories

Table 2-3

Ethernet Patch Cable (Double Shielded (SFPT), LAN Connector Plugs on Both Sides)

Cable Length

24

Order No.

0.5 m

7KE6000-8G-D00-0AA5

1.0 m

7KE6000-8G-D00-1AA0

2.0 m

7KE6000-8G-D00-2AA0

3.0 m

7KE6000-8G-D00-3AA0

5.0 m

7KE6000-8G-D00-5AA0

10.0 m

7KE6000-8G-D01-0AA0

15.0 m

7KE6000-8G-D01-5AA0

20.0 m

7KE6000-8G-D02-0AA0

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 25 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

3 Device Design

3

Device Design

3.1

Mechanical Design

26

3.2

Display and Softkeys

27

3.3

Terminal Diagram of the Back Plate

28

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

25

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 26 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

3 Device Design 3.1 Mechanical Design

3.1

Mechanical Design The device is designed for panel flush mounting. The electrical modules are installed in a plastic case with the dimensions 96 mm x 96 mm x 100 mm (W x H x D). The display side of the device contains the display, 4 softkeys located below and 4 LEDs of which the H1, H2, and ERROR LEDs can be parameterized. The ERROR LED can only be parameterized for error messages. The device top side holds the RJ45 Ethernet plug connector with 2 LEDs. 4 more LEDs are identical to the LEDs on the display side. At the cover of the battery compartment, there is a labeling strip for the configurable LEDs H1/H2 and a battery symbol that indicates the polarity. The label is also on the top side and provides among other information the most important rated data of the device. A lithium battery is located under the removable cover of the battery compartment. SICAM Q100 devices can also contain a D-sub connector plug as RS485 interface (see Figure 3-1) as shown in the ordering information (see chapter 2.2). Display side Cover of battery compartment

Terminal side RJ45 with 2 LEDs

4 LEDs D sub (RS485)

LED RUN

Binary inputs Binary outputs

LED ERROR Default IP address Default subnet mask

LED H1

Softkeys

Display

LED H2

F1 to F4

Figure 3-1

26

Terminal block for Terminal blocks for measurements (voltage, current) power supply

Layout of SICAM Q100

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 27 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

3 Device Design 3.2 Display and Softkeys

3.2

Display and Softkeys

Display The layout of the display is shown in the following figure.

Title

Display area

Softkey functions

Softkeys F1 to F4 Figure 3-2

Display and Softkeys

The top line (title) shows the name of the current display in the display area. The display area below shows parameter settings, measured values, and graphic pictures. The bottom line shows the 4 current functions of the softkeys below the display used to set the parameters. Softkeys The 4 softkeys on the display side are used to make the desired entries at the device. To call and activate the IP address, press softkey F4 (for > 3 s, see Figure 3-2) on the right during system startup if necessary. The IP address and the standard subnet mask are imprinted on the side panel of the device (see Figure 3-1). The chapter 10 gives a detailed description of the softkey functions.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

27

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 28 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

3 Device Design 3.3 Terminal Diagram of the Back Plate

3.3

Terminal Diagram of the Back Plate

Figure 3-3

28

Terminal Diagram of the Back Plate

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 29 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

4 Measured Quantities and Recording

4

Measured Quantities and Recording

4.1

Power Quality Measuring System and Recording System

4.2

Measured Quantities

4.3

Display of Measured Quantities

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

29

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 30 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

4 Measured Quantities and Recording 4.1 Power Quality Measuring System and Recording System

4.1

Power Quality Measuring System and Recording System

4.1.1

Measuring System SICAM Q100 devices measure the power quality according to IEC 61000-4-30 in 1-phase or multi-phase distribution systems. The basic measuring interval for determining the values for mains voltage, harmonics of mains voltage, and mains voltage unbalance is 10 cycles for 50-Hz distribution systems or 12 cycles for 60-Hz distribution systems. An overview of the measured quantities demanded in according to IEC 61000-4-30, their measurement uncertainty and measurement ranges is represented in the chapter 4.3.1.

4.1.2

Flicker The flicker measurement is performed according to IEC 61000-4-15. The short-term flicker value Pst and long-term flicker value Plt are determined for phase-to-ground voltages and delta voltages. The flicker measurement is performed on all 3 voltage channels. Flickers appear with a frequency from 0.005 to 35 Hz. The instantaneous flicker value is displayed in perceptibility units P. SICAM Q100 measures the following flicker types:

30

•

Short-term flicker value Pst, determined over 10 min (short-term flicker), fixed

•

Long-term flicker value Plt, over 2 h (12 Pst values), fixed

•

Perceptibility Pinst

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 31 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

4 Measured Quantities and Recording 4.1 Power Quality Measuring System and Recording System

4.1.3

Transients If the instantaneous value of the primary rated voltage exceeds the parameterized reference value at one or several sampling points, the SICAM Q100 device detects temporary overvoltages as transients . Detect and capture transients as short as 100 µs at 50 Hz (80 µs at 60 Hz). The following data and values are determined during the evaluation of the transients in SICAM Q100 and listed in the window Transient detection (see chapter 9.4.2.7): • • • •

Serial number of the event Time when transients start to occur (time stamp with date and time) Affected phase (a, b, c, ab, bc, ca) Transient duration

Parameterized reference value (in %) is up to 240 % of the primary rated voltage.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

31

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 32 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

4 Measured Quantities and Recording 4.1 Power Quality Measuring System and Recording System

Figure 4-1

4.1.4

Transient Detection

Mains Signaling Voltage Mains signaling voltage (MSV) measurement is performed according to IEC 61000-4-30.

32

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 33 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

4 Measured Quantities and Recording 4.1 Power Quality Measuring System and Recording System

SICAM Q100 detects mains singalling frequencies from 100 Hz to 3 kHz. The threshold for detection and capture is from 1 % up to 15 % of Udin. The following data and values are determined during the evaluation of the mains signaling voltage in SICAM Q100 and listed in the window Mains signaling voltage (see chapter 9.4.2.3): •

Time when mains signaling voltage starts to occur (time stamp with date and time)

•

The values of the affected phase (a, b, c, ab, bc, ca)

Mains signaling voltage

Detection threshold

Zoom

Time

Mains signaling voltage

Detection threshold

Total recording duration

Time

Pre-recording duration Detected time stamp The mains signalling voltage will be recorded if the instantaneous value of the MSV (on the user-specified carrier frequency) is higher than a given threshold voltage. The recorder will not end until the Total recording duration is reached. The 10/12 cycle values of voltages are recorded. For detailed information on calculation of mains signaling voltage, refer to IEC 61000-4-30.

Figure 4-2

Mains Signaling Voltage

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

33

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 34 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

4 Measured Quantities and Recording 4.1 Power Quality Measuring System and Recording System

4.1.5

Rapid Voltage Change Rapid voltage change (RVC) is a quick transition of RMS voltage occurring between two steady-state conditions, and during which the RMS voltage does not exceed the dip/swell threshold. The threshold of RVC detection is configurable from 1 % up to 6 % of Udin. The following data and values are determined during the evaluation of the rapid voltage change in SICAM Q100 and listed in the tab Rapid Voltage Change (see chapter 9.4.2.1): •

RVC event start time

•

RVC event duration

•

ΔVmax

•

ΔVss

•

The affected phases (a, b, c, ab, bc, ca, a-b-c).

Figure 4-3

Rapid Voltage Change (RVC)

NOTE Vrms(1/2): RMS voltage refreshed each half-cycle according to IEC61000-4-30 Ed. 3. 100/120 Vrms(1/2) value: 100 values for 50 Hz nominal, or 120 values for 60 Hz nominal.

34

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 35 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

4 Measured Quantities and Recording 4.1 Power Quality Measuring System and Recording System

4.1.6

Harmonic Power and Harmonic Angles Measurement of phase angles is helpful to analyze different phenomena. The measurement can be used for the following purposes: •

Evaluation of harmonic flows throughout the system

•

Identification of harmonic sources and harmonic sinks

•

Calculation of active, reactive, and apparent powers of harmonics

•

Assessment of harmonic-current measurements in different points in the system

•

Modeling of disturbing loads and evaluation of their disturbing effect

•

Design countermeasures for disturbing loads

Therefore the SICAM Q100 provides these new measurements to support new evaluation alternatives that support the customer in minimizing the influence of harmonics in the network or load, as defining mitigation devices, filters, reactive compensation, etc. Harmonic Directions SICAM Q100 measures harmonics of currents, voltages, and powers up to the 63rd order. Measuring is done according to the standard IEC 61000-4-7. The following values are given for each harmonic: •

RMS value (for power: RMS value and sign)

•

Phase angle

The sign of the active power of the single harmonic indicates the direction of power flow of this harmonic in a system from the device installation point of view. Thus, it is possible to indicate loads that generate the harmonics and that are probably the cause of the harmonics. For voltage and current, the given phase angle of the harmonic refers to the voltage of the fundamental component in respective phase. The phase angle between the current harmonic and the corresponding voltage harmonic is used to calculate the sign of active harmonic power.

P(n) 0

P(n) < 0

Supply system

Load

Measuring system P(n) = U(n) x I (n) x cos(u(n) - i(n)) Figure 4-4

Principle of the Harmonic Directions

For measuring the RMS values and the phase angles, a 10-cycle interval is used for 50-Hz distribution systems. For 60-Hz distribution systems, a 12-cycle interval is used.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

35

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 36 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

4 Measured Quantities and Recording 4.1 Power Quality Measuring System and Recording System

Analysis of Harmonic Phase Angles For the voltage and current harmonics, the following values are given additionally: •

Prevailing phase angle (Prev°; PreAngle in user interface)

•

Prevailing ratio (PR)

The prevailing phase angle represents harmonic emissions for intervals (such as 10-min aggregation interval). The Prev° indicates the phase angle of a certain load. The prevailing phase angle is calculated via the aggregation time from the phase angles of the 10-cycle or 12-cycle intervals. In the graphics in the following table, the prevailing phase angle is displayed as a red line. The prevailing ratio indicates load fluctuations during aggregation and indicates the degree of the variation of a phase angle. For a prevailing-ratio value of 1, the phase angle of the corresponding harmonic is constant (PR = 1: no fluctuation). The phase angles of the large variation (see following table), which have a prevailing ratio of 2 V required

10 % to 150 % Udin

±0.1 % Udin

AC 57.73 V to 400 V (autorange) Voltage Vph-N/PE (star)

V

 

IEC 61000-4-30 Class A: to AC 230 V: 200 % overvoltage > AC 230 V to 400 V: 200 % to 15 % overvoltage

UL conditions:  to AC 170 V: 200 % overvoltage  > AC 170 V to 300 V: 200 % to 15 % overvoltage 10 % to 150 % Udin

±0.1 % Udin

AC 100 V to 690 V (autorange) Voltage Vph-ph (delta)

V

 

IEC 61000-4-30 Class A: to AC 400 V: 200 % overvoltage > AC 400 V to 690 V: 200 % to 15 % overvoltage

UL conditions:  to AC 290 V: 200 % overvoltage  > AC 290 V to 520 V: 200 % to 15 % overvoltage

Flicker Pst, Plt

-

Pst, Plt: 0.2 to 10

Acc. to class A, IEC 61000-4-30: Pst: ±5 %; Plt: ±5 %, Accuracy Pinst: ±8 %

Undervoltages (dips) and overvoltages (swells) of the mains voltage

V, s

-

Amplitude ±0.1 % Udin; 1 cycle;

Voltage interruptions of the mains voltage

V, s

-

Duration: 1 cycle

Voltage unbalance

%

Measurement range for u2 and u0: 0.5 % to 5.0 %

±0.1 %

78

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 79 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

4 Measured Quantities and Recording 4.3 Display of Measured Quantities

Table 4-19

Measured Quantities and their Operational Measurement Uncertainty (cont.)

Measured Quantity

Harmonics of voltage H_xVph

Unit

% or V

Measurement Range

10 % to 200 % acc. to IEC 61000-2-4, class 3

Operat. Measurem. Uncertainty acc. to IEC 62586-1, Class A, IEC 61000-4-30, IEC 61000-4-7, and IEC 61000-4-15 IEC 61000-4-7, class 1: Condition: Vm > 1 % Vrated Maximum error: ±5 % Vm ------------------------------Condition: Um < 1 % Vrated Maximum error: ±0.05 % Vrated Condition: 3 % to 15 % of Udin

Mains signaling voltage MSVph-N(star) / MSVphph(delta)

V

1 % to 15 % Udin

Maximum error: ±5 % of measured value ------------------------------Condition: 1 % to 3 % of Udin Maximum error: ±0.15 % of Udin

Udin: Primary nominal voltage, corresponds to the primary rated voltage in SICAM Q100 Vm: Measured value Vrated: Rated voltage u2: Value of Neg.seq.comp.V u0: Value of Zero seq.comp.V

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

79

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 80 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

4 Measured Quantities and Recording 4.3 Display of Measured Quantities

4.3.2 Measured Quantities and Operational Measurement Accuracy acc. to IEC 61557-12 Table 4-20 Measured Quantities and their Operational Measurement Accuracy Measured Quantity

Unit

Rated Value

Measurement Range

Accuracy Class

Current I Acc. to parameterization

A

Auto range (1 A to 5 A)

10 % to 200 % Irated

0.2

Current unbalance

%

-

0 % to 100 % Irated

±0.2 % 2)

Active power P + demand, - supply

W

-

1 % to 200 % Irated

0.2

Reactive power Q inductive, capacitive

var

-

2 % to 200 % Irated

1

Apparent power S

VA

-

-

0.2

Power factor PF 1)

-

-

0.5 inductive to 0.8 capacitive

1

Active power factor cos  1)

-

-

-1 to +1

±1 % 2)

Phase angle 1)

Degree

-

-180° to +180°

±2° 2)

Active energy WP + demand, - supply

Wh

-

1 % to 200 % Irated

0.2 Class 0.2S acc. to IEC 62053-22

Reactive energy WQ inductive, capacitive

varh

-

2 % to 200 % Irated

2 Class 0.5S acc. to IEC 62053-24

Apparent energy WS

VAh

-

2 % to 200 % Irated

0.2

Subgroup total harmonics distortion of voltage THDS Vph

%

-

0 % to 100 %

±0.5 % 2)

Subgroup total harmonics distortion of current THDS Iph

%

-

0 % to 100 %

±0.5 % 2) Condition: Im  10 % Irated

Harmonics of current H_xIph

A

-

-

Maximum error: ±5 % Im ------------------------------Condition: Im < 10 % Irated Maximum error: ±0.5 % Irated

1) 2)

80

Measurement from 2 % of the rated apparent power value onwards in the selected measuring range (see chapter 14.2) The IEC 61557-12 standard does not specify any accuracy class for these variables. The specifications refer to the maximum deviation from the actual value.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 81 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

4 Measured Quantities and Recording 4.3 Display of Measured Quantities

4.3.3

Accuracy of the Frequency Measurement Table 4-21

Accuracy of the Frequency Measurement Circuit

Voltage to Va-N

Accuracy 0 V to 2 V: invalid > 2 V: 10 mHz

Voltage to Vb-N Voltage to Vc-N

NOTE The frequency measurement is carried out as software frequency measurement (Va-N, Vb-N, Vc-N > 2 V). The frequency is measured first at the measuring circuit Va-N. If the voltage Va-N is < 2 V, the measurement is performed automatically at the measuring circuit Vb-N. If the voltage Vb-N is < 2 V, the measurement is performed automatically at the measuring circuit Vc-N. If none of the voltages is > 2 V, the frequency measurement is invalid.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

81

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 82 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

4 Measured Quantities and Recording 4.3 Display of Measured Quantities

82

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 83 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

5 Energy Management

5

Energy Management

5.1

Load-Profile Determination

84

5.2

Tariffs

91

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

83

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 84 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

5 Energy Management 5.1 Load-Profile Determination

5.1

Load-Profile Determination

5.1.1

General The load profile reflects the history of the electric power and documents the distribution of power fluctuations and peaks. The load profile is determined on subperiods of 10/12 cycles (50 Hz/60 Hz). SICAM Q100 supports 2 methods of load-profile determination: the Fixed Block method and the Rolling Block method. The load profile is stored in the ring buffer of the device and provided at the communication interfaces (see chapter 9.3.5.1 and System manual). In addition, it can be output as CSV file. The load profile can be recorded in synchronized or non-synchronized form. The synchronization is made by external or internal triggers. The following diagram shows a 45-min measuring period which consists of 3 subperiods of 15 min each. The measured and calculated load-profile data are stored in the ring buffer at the end of each subperiod. After 3 subperiods, the average power value of the measuring period is calculated from the 3 load-profile data of the subperiods. The values (cumulative values and averages) can be retrieved at any time within a subperiod via the communication. Measuring period

P Subperiod (a)

Subperiod (c)

Subperiod (b)

Measured power

Time of detection/Storage of load profile data

Instantaneous cumulative average power at the sampling point Instantaneous sampling point

Sampled value

Calculation of average power about the measuring period

Mean value generation subperiod (b) Mean value about the subperiod (a) Mean value generation subperiod (a)

Start 0 min

10/12 10/12 10/12 System cycle

Figure 5-1

84

15 min

10/12 10/12 10/12 System cycle

30 min

10/12 10/12 System cycle

45 min

t

Power history of a measuring period consisting of three 15-min subperiods

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 85 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

5 Energy Management 5.1 Load-Profile Determination

5.1.2

Methods of Load-Profile Determination NOTE The parameterization of the load profile is described in detail in chapter 8.3.5.1. Note the information specified there. SICAM Q100 supports the following load-profile determination methods: •

Fixed Block

•

Rolling Block

Fixed Block method The Fixed Block method with a measuring-period length of 15 min is the default setting. In addition, the number of subperiods of this method is set to 1. The load-profile data are determined at the end of every measuring period and stored in the ring buffer and transmitted, if necessary, or displayed on the user interface. Measuring period

3

Time of the recording of the load profile data of the ended measuring period

2

1

Duration of a measuring period

15

0

Figure 5-2

30

45

t [min]

Determination of the load profile according to the Fixed Block method

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

85

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 86 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

5 Energy Management 5.1 Load-Profile Determination

Rolling Block Method A measuring period of the Rolling Block method consists of 2 to 5 subperiods depending on the parameterization. The length of a measuring period is the product of the number of subperiods and the parameterized length of the subperiod; see parameterization in chapter 9.3.5.1. The following figure shows the history of the measuring periods during the load-profile determination: Measuring period

Example: A measuring period consists of 3 subperiods (SP) with a duration of 15 min each.

5

SP

SP

SP

SP

SP

SP

SP

SP

SP

SP

4

3

SP

2

SP

1

SP

SP

Calculation/recording of the load profile data from the 3 subperiods of the ended measuring period

SP

Recording load profile data of the ended subperiod

0

15

30

45

60

75

90

105

t [min]

Start

Figure 5-3

History of the measuring periods for determination of the load profile according to the Rolling Block method

Load-Profile Data at the Communication Interface The following load-profile data are available during a measuring period: •

Average power values for all power quantities during the measuring period, calculated from the average power values at the end of every subperiod (red dots in Figure 5-3)

•

Average power values for all power quantities during the subperiods (blue dots in Figure 5-3)

•

Maximum and minimum values for all power quantities within the subperiods

•

Cumulated power values for all power quantities at every sampling point within the current subperiod

The arithmetic average power values and the extreme values per subperiod are stored in the ring buffer. The cumulated power values can be retrieved via communication or displayed in the user interface.

86

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 87 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

5 Energy Management 5.1 Load-Profile Determination

Load-Profile Calculation Arithmetic average power value The calculation of the arithmetic average power value of a measuring period refers to the actual duration of the measuring period. Special case: With constant power consumption or constant power supply, the arithmetic average power value also remains constant in the current measuring period. Cumulated power value The power values are calculated cumulatively and the calculation refers to the length of the respective subperiod. Special case: With constant power consumption or constant power supply, the cumulated power value rises linearly in the current measuring period.

5.1.3

Historical Load-Profile Data SICAM Q100 records the following measured quantities: Table 5-1

Historical load-profile data

Measured quantities

Cumulated Power Values

Arithmetic Average Power Values

PImport

x

x

PExport

x

x

QImport

x

x

QExport

x

x

S

x

x

Maximum Values

Minimum Values

±x

±x

±x

±x

x

x

Storage of Load-Profile Data The load-profile data are stored in a ring buffer with up to 4 000 data sets. Every new data set overwrites the oldest data set. Every data set contains the average power values, minimum/maximum values, a time stamp, and status information for a completed subperiod. The traceability of the load profile depends on the length of the subperiod: •

Fixed Block method: length of the measuring period = 15 min

•

Rolling Block method: length of the subperiod = 15 min

On the condition that all periods correspond to the configured period length, the recording period is longer than 40 days.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

87

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 88 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

5 Energy Management 5.1 Load-Profile Determination

5.1.4

Current Load-Profile Data at the Communication Interfaces and in the User Interface The load-profile data of the current and last completed periods are output at the communication interfaces. For information on the data transmission via the communication protocols Modbus TCP, Modbus RTU Master, and IEC 61850, refer to the System Manual SICAM Q100. In the user interface, the load-profile data are displayed in the tab Value view and evaluation -> Load profile; see chapter 9.4.1.6.

88

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 89 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

5 Energy Management 5.1 Load-Profile Determination

5.1.5

Synchronization of the Load Profile

5.1.5.1 Types of Synchronization At the beginning of every subperiod, SICAM Q100 expects a synchronization signal which can either be supplied externally or created internally. External supply of the synchronization signal: •

Via one of the binary inputs

•

Via the communication interfaces

Creation of the internal synchronization signal: •

Creation through the internal clock of the device

Synchronization with External Synchronization Pulses Synchronization via binary inputs or communication interface SICAM Q100 checks whether there is a deviation from the set time or whether there are no synchronization pulses. If a set tolerance is exceeded or if the value falls below this tolerance, the measuring period is shortened and marked accordingly. If the time grid of the incoming pulses is shifted, SICAM Q100 adapts to the changed time grid automatically. Particularities in the synchronization via communication interface The synchronization telegram transmitted via Modbus TCP or Modbus RTU contains, among other things, the length of the subperiods in minutes. If the set length of the subperiods in the device does not correspond to the length in the telegram, the synchronization pulse is ignored. Load-profile data are still recorded though based on the internal clock of the device. Synchronization via the Internal Clock of the Device If external synchronization is not possible, for instance, due to no synchronization pulse, the synchronization can be configured with the internal clock of the device. The length of measuring period and subperiod depends only on the internal clock of the device. The starting time of the subperiod is the previous full hour plus a multiple of the configured length of the subperiod. Updating the time within the current measuring period or beyond the measuring period causes shortened measuring periods and is given the information "resynchronized" in the time stamp. Substitute values are not written for any gaps in the history.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

89

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 90 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

5 Energy Management 5.1 Load-Profile Determination

5.1.5.2 Special Conditions and Effects on the Load Profile Device Restart If a functional battery is installed in SICAM Q100, the existing load-profile records are kept unchanged. Resetting the Device Clock Resetting the device clock does not affect the load-profile recording. The historical load profiles with a date in the future do not prevent resetting the device clock. Failure of the Measuring Voltage Failure of the measuring voltage does not affect the load profile. Failure and Return of the Supply Voltage When the supply voltage returns after a temporary failure, SICAM Q100 records shortened measuring periods. Interpolated values are not written for load-profile data which were not recorded during the period. Effect of Tariff Change The low-to-high tariff change affects the load profile since all values stored in the load profile have been assigned to the valid tariff in a unique way. The current period keeps the old tariff up to the period end. The new tariff is effective from the starting time of the subsequent period. The power meters of SICAM Q100 change to the other tariff after the current measuring period. Additional Information on the Load-Profile Data SICAM Q100 determines the following additional information for every period (see System manual SICAM Q100, chapter 2, Load profile - Management): •

LOADPROFILE_FLAG_QUALITY_SYNC SICAM Q100 triggered the period end prematurely due to a synchronization irregularity. As long as the time has not been determined, the flag is set. The time can be undefined if the battery could not buffer the time, for example, due to discharged battery.

•

LOADPROFILE_FLAG_QUALITY_AUXPOWER_FAIL The device triggered the period end prematurely due to supply-voltage failure.

•

LOADPROFILE_FLAG_QUALITY_UNSECURE The load-profile data are unsafe. Reasons are:

 

Measuring current or measuring voltage are outside the specified range. The type of reactive power was changed.

The additional information is stored with the other load-profile data and can be retrieved via the communication interfaces.

90

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 91 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

5 Energy Management 5.2 Tariffs

5.2

Tariffs NOTE The parameterization of the tariffs is described in detail in chapter 9.3.5.2. Note the information specified there.

SICAM Q100 supports up to 8 tariffs for power meters for supplied or consumed active energy, reactive energy, and apparent energy. If the tariff change is controlled, up to 8 tariffs can be set. If tariffs are changed via binary inputs, up to 2 tariffs can be set. The value of the binary inputs which there is at the time of the beginning of the subperiod at the binary input is decisive for it. The tariff is changed via the external interfaces. A time-related tariff change is only possible by a superordinate system. Tariff Change on Load-Profile Synchronization The recorded load profile is always assigned to the current tariff. If, during a running measuring period, a tariff change is made, for instance, from high to low tariff, this has initially no effect on the load-profile recording. The new tariff becomes effective in the load-profile recording and in the power meters of SICAM Q100 only with the start of the next measuring period. Tariff Change without Load-Profile Synchronization If no external and internal synchronization of the load profile is performed, the tariff change becomes effective immediately. If in the parameterization of the load profile "None" has been selected as a synchronization source, see chapter 9.3.5.1, a tariff change without synchronization exists.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

91

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 92 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

5 Energy Management 5.2 Tariffs

92

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 93 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

6 Security

6

Security

6.1

Overview

94

6.2

Account Management

96

6.3

Security Settings

105

6.4

Password Management

107

6.5

TCP/UDP Ports Used

109

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

93

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 94 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

6 Security 6.1 Overview

6.1

Overview The following table contains an overview of the SICAM Q100 security features. Individual topics are explained in the following chapters. Table 6-1

Overview Topic

HTTPS

94

Description The device supports the following HTTPS features: •

For access to the Web UI of the SICAM Q100 device, the secure HTTPScommunication protocol is used. Unencrypted HTTP access is not supported.

•

The free software OpenSSL is used for the TLS implementation.

•

The integrated Web server only supports connection requests with the cryptographic protocol versions TLS1.1 and TLS1.2. Older versions are rejected due to security reasons.

•

Only high-strength Cipher Suites (key length ≥ 128 bit) are supported.

•

The device generates a self-signed TLS-certificate and is therefore not signed and confirmed by a certification authority. When using the SICAM Q100 user interface, all browsers will show a message regarding an unknown certificate warning about an untrusted connection. Due to the authentication scheme used by browsers, Siemens cannot provide certificates (for example, during assembly) to be used for HTTPS with browsers. This is because either the DNS name or the IP address of the device has to be part of the signed certificate, both of which are ultimately determined after installation at the site of the customer. That is why the products generate a self-signed certificate after the IP address has been set. This selfsigned certificate has to be trusted in a secure way on all clients used to access this device.You can find the recommended way of trusting selfsigned certificates in the document Certificate trusting in web browsers. you can find this document under http://www.siemens.com/gridsecurity, Downloads -> Downloads Cyber Security -> Application Notes.

•

As the certificate is linked to the IP address of the device, it is generated a new with each change of the IP address.

Role-based access control (RBAC)

SICAM Q100 device provides a role-based access control (RBAC) mechanism for account management. With the RBAC mechanism, the permissions to perform certain actions on the SICAM Q100 device are assigned to specific roles. For more detailed information, refer to chapter 6.2.2.

Audit log

The device provides an audit log to track security-relevant events. Only a user with auditor rights can access the messages in the audit log. For more detailed information, refer to chapter 9.5.4.3.

Firmware with digital signature

The integrity and authenticity of the firmware package is protected by a digital signature. Only a firmware package with a valid digital signature can be uploaded into the SICAM Q100 device.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 95 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

6 Security 6.1 Overview

Table 6-1

Overview Topic

Description

Syslog

The SICAM Q100 device supports transmitting the audit logs to a central log server using Syslog. For more detailed information, refer to chapter 9.3.7.8.

Automatic logoutafter a timeout of no action

If there are no actions for 20 min after the last parameter change, the paramterization is released again for other users.

Modbus TCP read only

When communicating via Modbus TCP, the read-only access is configurable. For more detailed information, refer to chapter 9.3.7.2.1.

Deploy in a Secured Environment Only Siemens recommends protecting network access to its energy automation products with appropriate mechanisms (for example, firewalls, segmentation, VPN). It is advised to configure the environment according to the operational guidelines in order to run the devices in a protected IT environment. You can find the recommended security guidelines to Secure Substations in Cyber Security General Downloads -> Manuals in the following website: http://www.siemens.com/gridsecurity.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

95

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 96 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

6 Security 6.2 Account Management

6.2

Account Management

6.2.1

Function Description The SICAM Q100 device provides a role-based access control (RBAC) mechanism for account management. This function is a policy-neutral mechanism for access control to define the roles and privileges. With the RBAC mechanism, the permissions to perform certain actions on the SICAM Q100 device are assigned to specific roles.

Creating User Accounts There is no default user account or default password provided for a newly delivered SICAM Q100 device. After the newly delivered SICAM Q100 device boots up, you are required to create an initial user account with an administrator role or a user account manager role on the Web UI. Afterwards, you can log on with the created role and get access to Account management to create, change, or delete the user accounts for the following roles: •

Viewer

•

Operator

•

Engineer

•

Installer

•

Security administrator

•

Security auditor

•

User account manager

•

Administrator

•

Backup operator

•

Guest

The following table contains the access rights to different roles in the SICAM Q100 device:

96

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 97 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

6 Security 6.2 Account Management

Table 6-2 Role

Guest Viewer

Operator

Backup operator

Engineer

Installer

Access Rights Assigned to Different Roles Access to the Web UI Tabs Information

Configure

Value View and Evaluation

Maintenance

View all pages

Password management

-

-

View all pages

View operational log, error logs, and diagnosis data

•

View all operational settings

•

Password management

•

View all operational settings

•

Format SD card

•

Password management

•

Reset energy counters, date/ time, and min/max values

•

Delete load profile buffer

•

View/delete error logs, transientlogs, and diagnosis data

•

View operational log, error logs, and diagnosis data

•

View all operational settings

•

Password management

•

Save configuration to files

•

Modify all operational settings

•

View operational log, error logs, and diagnosis data

•

Password management

•

•

Get device configuration

Enable/disable the customer support functions

•

Open and save configuration from files

•

Firmware upload

•

View operational log, error logs, and diagnosis data

•

Enable/disable the customer support functions

User account manager

•

Account management

•

Password management

Security administrator

•

Account management

•

Security settings

•

Password management

•

Syslog

•

Activation/Cancel

-

-

-

-

Security auditor

Password management

-

View audit logs

Administrator

Full access to all pages

View all pages

Full access to all pages

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

97

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 98 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

6 Security 6.2 Account Management

NOTE Only a user with the role of administrator, security administrator, or user account manager has the permission to access the Account management.

HMI Password The SICAM Q100 device provides an option to use an HMI password. It determines whether the password for actions at the device display is activated or deactivated. The HMI password is activated by default.

6.2.2

•

If the HMI password is deactivated, all actions at the device display can be executed without entering a password.

•

If the HMI password is activated, you must enter a configured password to start actions at the device display.

Configuration via User Interface

Creating an Initial User Account

Figure 6-1

Creating an Initial Account

To create an initial user account, proceed as follows: ✧

98

In the Log on tab of the Web UI page, select Administrator or User Account Manager from Account Type.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 99 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

6 Security 6.2 Account Management

✧

Enter a new user name and password according to the following table:

Table 6-3

Settings for Creating an Initial Account Settings

Default Settings

Description

Account Type

Administrator

User Account Manager Administrator

User name

Empty

Up to 64 characters

New password

Empty

8 to 24 characters Contains at least:

Repeat new password

•

1 capital latin letter (A to Z)

•

1 small latin letter (a to z)

•

1 digital number (0 to 9)

•

1 special character from the set: !, “, #, $, %, &, ‘, (, ), *, +, ,, -, ., /, :, ;, , ?, @, [, \, ], ^, _, ‘, {, }, ~.

✧

Click Confirm. An initial user account is created.

✧

Click Sign in.

Figure 6-2

Sign in, Account Management

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

99

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 100 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

6 Security 6.2 Account Management

✧

Enter the created user name and password in the Log on tab.

Figure 6-3 ✧

Log on Tab, Account Management

Click Log on. The Information tab appears if the entered user name and password are correct.

Creating User Accounts with Different Roles

Figure 6-4

Creating Accounts

To create user accounts with different roles in the Configure tab, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select Administrative and click Account management.

✧

Click Create account.

Figure 6-5

100

Configuration Tab, Account Management

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 101 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

6 Security 6.2 Account Management

✧

Create user accounts according to the following tables:

Table 6-4

Settings for Creating User Accounts

Settings

Default Settings

Description

User name

Empty

Up to 64 characters

New password

8 to 24 characters Contains at least:

Repeat new password

•

1 capital latin letter (A to Z)

•

1 small latin letter (a to z)

•

1 digital number (0 to 9)

•

1 special character from the set: !, “, #, $, %, &, ‘, (, ), *, +, ,, -, ., /, :, ;, , ?, @, [, \, ], ^, _, ‘, {, }, ~.

Roles

Table 6-5

Click one or several option buttons to select a role or several roles for a user account according to Table 6-5. Overview of the Access Rights Assigned to Each Role

Viewer

Operator

Backup Operator

Engineer

Installer

Security Administrator

Security Auditor

User Account Manager

Administrator

Role

Guest

Description of the Access Rights

General information viewing

x 1)

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Operation data viewing

-

x

x

x

x

x

-

-

-

x

Configuration settings viewing

-

x

x

x

x

x

-

-

-

x

Force values

-

-

x

-

-

-

-

-

-

x

Configuration downloading

-

-

-

x

x

x

-

-

-

x

Configuration change and uploading

-

-

-

-

x

x

-

-

-

x

Firmware change

-

-

-

-

-

x

-

-

-

x

RBAC management

-

-

-

-

-

-

x

-

x

x

Security management

-

-

-

-

-

-

x

-

-

x

Audit trail

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

x

-

x

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

101

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 102 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

6 Security 6.2 Account Management 1)

x represents that the user with this role is assigned with related rights.

✧

Enter the user name, the password, and select a role or several roles for a user account.

✧

Click Confirm. A user account is created.

Editing or Deleting an Existing User Account

Figure 6-6

Editing or Deleting a User Account

To edit an existing user account, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select Administrative and click Account management.

✧

Click the

Figure 6-7 102

icon to edit the password or edit the role of an existing user account.

Editing a User Account SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 103 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

6 Security 6.2 Account Management

✧

Edit the user account according to the following table:

Table 6-6

Settings for Editing a User Account

Settings

Default Settings

Description

User name

Empty

Up to 64 characters

New password

8 to 24 characters Contains at least:

Repeat new password

•

1 capital latin letter (A to Z)

•

1 small latin letter (a to z)

•

1 digital number (0 to 9)

•

1 special character from the set: !, “, #, $, %, &, ‘, (, ), *, +, ,, -, ., /, :, ;, , ?, @, [, \, ], ^, _, ‘, {, }, ~.

Roles

✧

Click one or several option buttons to select a role or several roles for a user account according to Table 6-5.

Click Confirm. The user account is edited successfully.

To delete an existing user account, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select Administrative and click Account management.

✧

Click the

✧

If you want to delete all the user accounts, click the button Delete all user accounts shown in Figure 6-6.

icon to delete an existing user account.

As a result, the device restarts automatically. The Log on tab with creating an initial user account opens after the device restarts, shown in Figure 6-1.

NOTE To edit a user account, you can choose to edit the password, the roles or both of the password and roles.

NOTE If the roles for the users who have the permission to access Account management are changed, the users must log off and log on again to make sure that the roles are updated.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

103

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 104 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

6 Security 6.2 Account Management

Setting the HMI Password

Figure 6-8

Configuration Tab, HMI Password

To set the HMI password in the Configure tab, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select Administrative and click Account management.

✧

Set the HMI password according to the following table:

Table 6-7

104

Settings for the HMI Password

Settings

Default Settings

Setting Ranges

Use HMI password

yes

no yes

New password

000000

6 digital numbers (0 to 9)

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 105 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

6 Security 6.3 Security Settings

6.3

Security Settings

6.3.1

Function Description The SICAM Q100 device provides the security settings to configure the logon settings.

NOTE Only a user with the role of administrator or security administrator has the permission to access Security Settings.

6.3.2

Security Settings The user with the account created with a role of administrator or security administrator has the permission to configure the logon security settings.

Figure 6-9

Security Settings, RBAC

To configure the security settings in the Configure tab, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select Administrative and click Security settings.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

105

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 106 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

6 Security 6.3 Security Settings

✧

Configure the respective parameters according to the following table:

Table 6-8

Settings for the Security Parameter

106

Default Setting

Setting Ranges

Maximum consecutive attempts

5

5 times to 12 times

Consecutive password attempt time period

5

1 min to 10 min

Logon block timeout

30

30 min to 360 min

Session timeout

10

1 min to 1440 min (1 day) If the device restarts, you must log on again.

✧

After the parameterization, click Confirm.

✧

In the navigation window, select the Finish configuration menu and click Activation.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 107 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

6 Security 6.4 Password Management

6.4

Password Management

6.4.1

Function Description To change the Web UI login password, the SICAM Q100 device provides the access to Password Management.

6.4.2

Configuration via the User Interface

Figure 6-10

Changing Passwords, Password Management

To change the password in the Configure tab, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select Administrative and click Password Management.

✧

Change the password according to the following table:

Table 6-9

Settings for the Password Management

Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Ranges

User name

Fixed, not configurable

The user name and roles depend on the settings Roles made by the account management.

Roles

Empty

8 to 24 characters Contains at least: • 1 capital letter (A to Z)

Current password New password Repeat new password

•

1 small letter (a to z)

•

1 digital number (0 to 9)

•

1 special character from the set: !, “, #, $, %, &, ‘, (, ), *, +, ,, -, ., /, :, ;, , ?, @, [, \, ], ^, _, ‘, {, }, ~.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

107

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 108 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

6 Security 6.4 Password Management

108

✧

Enter the new password.

✧

Click Confirm. The password is changed.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 109 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

6 Security 6.5 TCP/UDP Ports Used

6.5

TCP/UDP Ports Used The following table contains an overview of the TCP/UDP ports used. Table 6-10

Overview

Communication Protocol

Server/ Client

TCP/ UDP

Port

Activated by Default

Description

HTTPS

Server

TCP

443

Yes

TLS connection to a Web browser for device configuration and value view

NTP

Client

UDP

123

No

Time synchronization

Modbus TCP

Server

TCP

502

Yes

Communication with a station controller using Modbus TCP and Modbus default TCP port

Modbus TCP

Server

TCP

10 000 to 65 535

No

Port number is configurable in the given range. Communication with a station controller using Modbus TCP and a user-defined TCP port

IEC 61850

Server

TCP

102

No

Communication with a station controller using IEC 61850

DHCP

Client

UDP

68

No

Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol

Syslog

Client

UDP

514

No

Syslog protocol

NOTE One port cannot be assigned to more than one function at the same time.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

109

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 110 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

6 Security 6.5 TCP/UDP Ports Used

110

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 111 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

7 Getting Started

7

Getting Started

7.1

Unpacking, Inspecting the Delivery, Installing, and Changing the Battery

112

7.2

Assembly

114

7.3

Electrical Connection

117

7.4

System Requirements

119

7.5

Access Rights

120

7.6

Meaning of the LEDs

121

7.7

Commissioning

122

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

111

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 112 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

7 Getting Started 7.1 Unpacking, Inspecting the Delivery, Installing, and Changing the Battery

7.1

Unpacking, Inspecting the Delivery, Installing, and Changing the Battery

Unpacking The SICAM Q100 has been safely packed for transport in the factory. Unpack the device with care and do not use force. Use an appropriate tool if necessary. After unpacking, inspect the device visually for any mechanical defects.

NOTE If the device has been damaged during transport, do not connect and operate it.

Observe any additional notes enclosed with the packaging. Keep the transport packaging for future transport. Inspecting the Delivery After unpacking, first compare the packing list against your original purchase order to check that the delivered device has the desired rated data and functions and that all necessary and ordered accessories are enclosed. Installing the Battery If you want to operate the device immediately after the delivery, first insert the battery before beginning the installation. Upon delivery the battery is insulated in the battery compartment of the device. If you want to operate the device later, insert the battery only just before you intend to use the device.

NOTE The battery powers the battery-buffered memory (SRAM) and the real-time clock (RTC). But the device can still be operated when no battery is inserted or when the battery is discharged. If, however, the supply voltage is lost, all metered energy values and error reports are deleted and the real-time clock is reset (2000-01-01 00:00). Customer-specific parameters are permanently stored in the Flash-EPROM even without a battery. To insert the battery, observe the notes in the supplied Product Information and proceed as follows: ✧

Lever the cover of the battery compartment out of the socket with a suitable tool (for example precision engineer screwdriver 2.0 mm). Cover of battery compartment

Figure 7-1

112

Polarity of the battery

Top side of the SICAM Q100

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 113 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

7 Getting Started 7.1 Unpacking, Inspecting the Delivery, Installing, and Changing the Battery

✧

Take the wrapped battery out of the battery compartment.

✧

Remove the plastic foil from the battery.

✧

Insert the battery into the battery compartment with the polarity imprinted on the top side of the device (see Figure 7-1).

✧

Close the cover of the battery compartment.

Replacing a Used Battery

WARNING Warning of incorrect treatment of the lithium battery (type PANASONIC CR2032 or VARTA 6032 101 501) or the use of an incorrect battery type. In the case of incorrect treatment or the wrong battery type, the battery may burn, explode or trigger a chemical reaction. See product information for type of battery to be used. Non-observance may lead to death or serious injury. •

Installing the battery or replacing it may only be carried out by trained personnel (see Preface) who are familiar with and observe the safety requirements and precautions.

•

Do not reverse the polarity of the battery.

•

Do not short-circuit the contacts. Use non-conducting tools for removing and installing the battery.

•

Do not attempt to open the battery.

•

The battery used in this device may present a fire or chemical burn hazard if mistreated. Do not recharge, disassemble, heat above 100 °C (212 °F) or incinerate.

•

Dispose of used battery promptly. Keep away from children.

Replace the batteries if the battery charge is too low (avoid full discharge). In this case the "Battery Failure" operation indication is generated. This message can also be parameterized on one of the three LEDs H1/H2/ ERROR or switched to one of the binary outputs (see chapter 9.3.3.1.3). When the "Battery Failure" indication is displayed, replace the battery as follows: ✧

Lever the cover of the battery compartment out of the socket with a suitable tool (e.g. precision engineer screwdriver 2.0 mm).

✧

Use an appropriate non-conducting tool (for example plastic tweezers) to pull the battery out of the compartment.

✧

Remove the new battery type PANASONIC CR2032 or VARTA 6032 101 501 from the packaging (check the expiry date on the packaging)

✧

Insert the battery carefully into the battery compartment with the polarity indicated above the battery compartment.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

113

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 114 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

7 Getting Started 7.2 Assembly

✧

Press the cover of the battery compartment back into the housing and make sure it is in the correct position.

NOTE on Battery Disposal The battery used in this device contains lithium. It may only be replaced by qualified personnel and disposed of by authorized recycling companies. Do not dispose of the battery in the regular household waste. The national and international regulations must be observed when disposing of the battery.

Information on battery life can be found in chapter 14.1.5.

7.2

Assembly

7.2.1

General Assembly Notes SICAM Q100 is designed for panel flush mounting.

WARNING Do not touch any live parts. Non-observance may lead to death or serious injury.

114

✧

After installation of the device and wiring, close the control cabinet.

•

The installation site must be vibration-proof. The permitted ambient temperature must be observed (see the technical data in chapter 14).

•

Operating the device outside the permitted operating temperature range can lead to measuring errors and device failure.

•

The terminals are designed for wire cross-sections of 2.5 mm² max.

•

The device must not be exposed to condensation during operation.

•

Install the device in a location where it is not exposed to direct sunlight and strong temperature variations.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 115 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

7 Getting Started 7.2 Assembly

7.2.2

Environmental Protection Hints

Disposal of Old Equipment and Batteries (Applicable only for European Union and Countries with a Recycling System) The disposal of our products and possible recycling of their components after decommissioning has to be carried out by an accredited recycling company, or the products/components must be taken to applicable collection points. Such disposal activities must comply with all local laws, guidelines and environmental specifications of the country in which the disposal is done. For the European Union the sustainable disposal of electronic scrap is defined in the respective regulation for "waste electrical and electronic equipment" (WEEE). The crossed-out wheelie bin on the products, packaging and/or accompanying documents means that used electrical and electronic products and batteries must not be mixed with normal household waste. According to national legislation, penalties may be charged for incorrect disposal of such waste.

By disposing of these products correctly you will help to save valuable resources and prevent any potential negative effects on human health and the environment.

NOTE Our products and batteries must not be disposed of as household waste. For disposing batteries it is necessary to observe the local national/international directives.

Disposal of Mobile Storage Devices (for example USB Sticks and Memory Cards) When disposing of/transferring mobile storage devices, using the format or delete functions only changes the file management information and does not completely delete the data from your mobile storage device. When disposing of or transferring a mobile storage device, Siemens strongly recommends physically destroying it or completely deleting data from the mobile storage device by using a commercially available computer data erasing software. REACH/RoHS Declaration You can find our current REACH/RoHS declarations at: https://www.siemens.com/global/en/home/products/energy/ecotransparency/ecotransparency-downloads.html

NOTE You can find more information about activities and programs to protect the climate at the EcoTransparency website: https://www.siemens.com/global/en/home/products/energy/ecotransparency.html

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

115

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 116 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

7 Getting Started 7.2 Assembly

7.2.3

Assembly To install the device into a switch panel, proceed as follows: ✧

Push the device in installation position into the cut-out of the switch panel and hold the device tight.

✧

Attach one of the supplied mounting elements each on both sides of the housing. Mounting plate Mounting element

 1 mm (0.04 inch), steel

Figure 7-2

Stepwise Installation of the SICAM Q100 into a Switch Panel

✧

Swing the mounting element (provided with the device) over the rear cone.

✧

Move the mounting element to the position. Use a screw driver (0.6 mm x 4.5 mm) to fix the mounting elements until the slipping clutch takes effect.

NOTE The above mounting instructions must be performed correctly to provide sufficient protection against touching live parts.

UL-Certification Conditions Field Wires of Control Circuits shall be separated from other circuits with respect to the end-use requirements!

116

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 117 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

7 Getting Started 7.3 Electrical Connection

7.3

Electrical Connection

7.3.1

Safety Notes

DANGER Hazard due to high voltage Non-observance will lead to death or serious injury. Work may only be carried out by trained personnel (see Preface) who are familiar with and observe the safety requirements and precautions. ✧

Work may never be carried out if there is any hazardous voltage present.

✧

De-energize the device.

✧

Isolating device: Connect a suitable isolating device upstream to de-energize the device. The isolating device must be installed near the device, it must be easily accessible to the user and it must be marked as an isolating device for the device.

✧

Secure the supply voltage with an approved (UL/IEC) fuse: 1.6 A, type C.

✧

If a melting fuse is used, a suitable approved (UL/IEC) fuse holder has to be used.

NOTE For electrical installations you have to observe and comply with the national and international provisions concerning the installation of electric power installation and the low-voltage directive 2006/95/EG. ✧

Before commissioning the device, check that all connections are made properly.

✧

Connect the protective grounding terminal H control cabinet.

✧

The secondary connections of interconnected current transformers must be short-circuited at these before you disconnect the power supply leads to the device.

✧

Voltage measuring inputs: In the case of a direct connection and transformer connection, the device has to be safeguarded with a listed 10 A backup fuse or a listed 10 A miniature circuit breaker. When using voltage transformers, their secondary connections must never be short-circuited!

✧

Check the polarity and the phase assignment at the instrument transformers.

to the protective conductor of the switch panel or of the

Siemens recommends leaving the device for a minimum of 2 hours in the operating room, before using it to allow temperature equalization and to avoid dimness and condensation.

NOTE Before you switch on the supply voltage, verify that the operational data match the rated data on the label and the technical data according to chapter 14. This applies in particular to the supply voltage VH and to the maximum values of alternating current and alternating voltage.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

117

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 118 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

7 Getting Started 7.3 Electrical Connection

7.3.2

Electrical Connection of SICAM Q100

Terminal connection of the supply voltage

Figure 7-3

Terminal Connection of the Supply Voltage at the SICAM Q100

DANGER Hazard due to high voltage Non-observance will lead to death or serious injury. Work may only be carried out by trained personnel (see Preface) who are familiar with and observe the safety requirements and precautions. Work may never be carried out if there is any hazardous voltage present.

118

✧

De-energize the device.

✧

Isolating device: Connect a suitable isolating device upstream to de-energize the device. The isolating device must be installed near the device, it must be easily accessible to the user and it must be marked as an isolating device for the device.

✧

Secure the supply voltage with an approved (UL/IEC) fuse: 1.6 A, type C.

✧

If a melting fuse is used, a suitable approved (UL/IEC) fuse holder has to be used.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 119 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

7 Getting Started 7.4 System Requirements

Connect the cables of the supply voltage on the terminal side of the device at terminal block H as follows: Supply from the Alternating Voltage System Terminal N/-:

Neutral conductor of the supply voltage

Terminal L/+:

Phase of the supply voltage

Terminal

:

Protective grounding terminal

Supply from a Direct Voltage Source Terminal N/-:

Negative supply voltage

Terminal L/+:

Positive supply voltage

Terminal

:

Protective grounding terminal

NOTE Always connect the grounding at the SICAM Q100 to the terminal for the protective conductor (terminal block H).

Terminals Terminals for supply voltage (H), inputs for current measurement (E), inputs for voltage measurement (F), binary inputs (U) and binary outputs (G) on the terminal side: Conductor cross-section, rigid max.

2.5 mm² (AWG 14)

Conductor cross-section (conductor with ferrule)

1.5 mm² (AWG 16)

Conductor cross-section (conductor with ferrule, terminal F)

2.5 mm² (AWG 14)

Tightening torque

0.4 Nm to 0.5 Nm (3.5 in-lb to 4.5 in-lb)

RS485 interface (J) on the terminal side:

RS485 cable with 9-pole D-sub socket

Ethernet interface (Z) on the top side:

Ethernet patch cable or crossover cable

Voltage measuring inputs: In the case of a direct connection and transformer connection, the device has to be safeguarded with a listed 10 A backup fuse or a listed 10 A miniature circuit breaker. When using voltage transformers, their secondary connections must never be short-circuited!

7.4

System Requirements To operate SICAM Q100 with a PC or notebook, the following system requirements must be met: •

PC or notebook with Intel processor (or compatible type); clock frequency min. 800 MHz

•

Operating system: Microsoft Windows XP Professional, Windows 7, and Windows 10 with Internet Explorer 9.0 (or higher) or Firefox

•

Minimum 1 GB RAM primary storage

•

VGA display 1024 x 768 with truecolor

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

119

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 120 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

7 Getting Started 7.5 Access Rights

7.5

Access Rights

Access Rights for Configuration and Maintenance Access rights are determined by the role types configured in the chapter 6.2.2. If you are configured as a role of Administrator or User Account Manager, you will have the full access rights for configuration, maintenance, updates. Access Rights for Communication The access rights for the communication via Ethernet with Modbus TCP protocol are made for port 502 and for the user port. You can assign either full access rights or read-only authorization; chapter 9.3.7.2 describes the settings. You can also determine the access rights for serial communication using the Modbus RTU protocol. You can assign either full access rights or read-only authorization; chapter describes the settings. No access rights are required when serial communicating via the IEC 60870-5-103 protocol. Communication via Ethernet with IEC 61850 server protocol and serial communication with IEC 60870-5-103 protocol do not require any access rights.

120

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 121 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

7 Getting Started 7.6 Meaning of the LEDs

7.6

Meaning of the LEDs 7KG95xx automatically monitors the functions of its hardware and software components. The LEDs on the top side of the housing indicate the current device status. ERROR

RUN H1

H2

Link/Activity

Figure 7-4

Speed

Designation of the LEDs

NOTE LEDs are also located on the display side; their designations are RUN, ERROR, H1, and H2 and their functions are the same as the functions of the LEDs on the top of the housing. Depending on the status, the LEDs can be permanently on, flashing, or off. The states are described in chapter 12.3. The meaning of the LEDs during normal operation is explained in the following table: Table 7-1

Meaning of the LEDs

LED

Meaning

RUN

Device active

ERROR

Indicates an error according to parameterization

H1

According to parameterization

H2

According to parameterization

Link/Activity

LED on: Ethernet link is up LED flashing: Ethernet link is up and data are transferred LED off: no Ethernet partners connected

Speed

LED on: 100 Mbit/s LED off: 10 Mbit/s

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

121

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 122 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

7 Getting Started 7.7 Commissioning

7.7

Commissioning

7.7.1

Initial Commissioning

DANGER Hazard due to high voltage Non-observance will lead to death or serious injury. Work may only be carried out by trained personnel (see Preface) who are familiar with and observe the safety requirements and precautions. Work may never be carried out if there is any hazardous voltage present. ✧

De-energize the device.

✧

Isolating device: Connect a suitable isolating device upstream to de-energize the device. The isolating device must be installed near the device, it must be easily accessible to the user and it must be marked as an isolating device for the device.

✧

Secure the supply voltage with an approved (UL/IEC) fuse: 1.6 A, type C.

✧

If a melting fuse is used, a suitable approved (UL/IEC) fuse holder has to be used.

After you have inserted the battery, assembled the device and connected the supply voltage lines, you can start the device for the first time. Proceed as follows: ✧

Check that the operational data match the rated data on the label and the technical data of the device (see chapter 14). This applies in particular to the supply voltage and to the maximum values of alternating current and alternating voltage.

NOTE The wiring of the terminals described in the following depends on the type of measurement and analysis of the measuring result. You only have to wire terminals needed for this purpose

122

✧

On the terminal side of the device connect the measuring lines linked with the measuring objects at the terminal blocks E (current) and F (voltage); chapter 8 describes interfaces, connection principles, and examples of connection possibilities.

✧

On the terminal side of the device, connect the process connections required for the measurements.

✧

For example, connect a cable to the systems control on the terminal side of the device at terminal block J (for devices with RS485 interface).

✧

Connect the network cable to the PC at the RJ45 socket Z (Ethernet) on the top side of the housing or connect the Y cable if you want to use the Ethernet switch.

✧

Close the door of the control cabinet to prevent touching live parts.

✧

Switch on the connected peripheral devices (PC, measuring device or modules) for measurand analysis.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 123 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

7 Getting Started 7.7 Commissioning

✧

Switch on the supply voltage of the device.

NOTE The device does not have a power on/off switch. Switch the supply voltage on or off directly at the respective supply cable. After an operating time of approximately 15 minutes, the device will stay within the tolerances specified in the technical data.

7.7.2

✧

Switch the alternating voltages and alternating currents to be measured at the measuring object on the measuring lines.

✧

Carry out the measurements as described in chapter 9 or chapter 10.

Changes During Operation The device is designed for permanent operation. If you want to change the measurement setup, for example by connecting terminals so far unused, proceed analogously to the Initial Commissioning.

NOTE If you change the measurement setup, de-energize the supply voltage lines and all measuring lines before opening the control cabinet. Note the warnings in chapter 7.7.1.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

123

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 124 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

7 Getting Started 7.7 Commissioning

7.7.3

Starting the Device with the Default IP Address SICAM Q100 has the following internal default IP address: 192.168.0.55. If you have entered a custom IP address during device configuration, you can temporarily activate the internal default IP address of the device if necessary. Proceed as follows: ✧

Hold down the F4 softkey located in the right part of the display side of the device for at least 3 s.

Softkey F4

Default IP Address: 192.168.0.55 Default Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0

Figure 7-5

Location of the Softkey F4 for Activating the Default IP Address

When you press the softkey F4, SICAM Q100 will reset and use the default IP address until you have set a new IP address or switched the device off and on again.

NOTE Changing the IP address causes the device to reset and the LEDs signal (see chapter 12.3) that the device was started with the default IP address. In this case, the parameterized IP address and the default IP address are displayed on the Information tab, Device information menu item (see chapter 9.2.7).

124

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 125 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

8 Connection Principle

8

Connection Principle

8.1

Terminals

126

8.2

Communication Interfaces

128

8.3

Connection Types and Connection Examples

129

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

125

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 126 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

8 Connection Principle 8.1 Terminals

8.1

Terminals The terminals on the terminal side of the device are designed as terminal blocks:

Figure 8-1

Terminal Blocks on the Terminal Side of the SICAM Q100

SICAM Q100 has the following terminal blocks: Table 8-1

Terminal Blocks at SICAM Q100

Terminal Block

126

Description

E

4 inputs for alternating current measurement

F

4 inputs for alternating voltage measurement

G

2 binary outputs

H

Supply voltage

U

2 binary inputs

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 127 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

8 Connection Principle 8.1 Terminals

Functions of the Terminals at SICAM Q100 Table 8-2

Functions of the Terminals

Terminal

Assigned Function, Measured Value or Indication

Description

E: IAL1=>

Ia

Conductor a, input, current measurement

E: IAL1

Ib

Conductor b, input, current measurement

E: IBL2

Ic

Conductor c, input, current measurement

E: ICL3

N

Neutral conductor, input current measurement

E: IN Show device information (see Figure 9-8).

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

139

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 140 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.2 Start and Design of the User Interface

NOTE When starting the device for the first time, a set of parameters with factory settings is loaded. You can modify these settings during the parameterization (see chapter 9.3). To set a different user language for the user interface, open the Administrative menu on the Configure tab, select the Device and language menu item and change the language as described in chapter 9.3.7.7.

NOTE If the user interface does not open or the opened user interface does not show an interface as given in Figure 8-3, the reason could be that JavaScript is missing or has not been activated. The operation of user interface requires JavaScript. You may have to activate JavaScript as described in the following chapter.

9.2.2

Enabling JavaScript The operation of the user interface requires JavaScript. Enable JavaScript as follows:

140

✧

Start the Web browser (for example Microsoft Internet Explorer).

✧

Select the Tools menu on the menu bar of the Web browser.

✧

Select Internet options.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 141 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.2 Start and Design of the User Interface

✧

In the Internet options dialog, open the Security tab.

Figure 9-2

9.2.3

Enabling JavaScript

✧

In the window of the Security tab, select the Internet icon.

✧

On the Security tab, scroll to Medium-high by moving the scroll bar with your mouse. Alternatively, if there is no scroll bar, click Default Level and set the scroll bar that appears to Medium-high.

✧

Click Apply.

✧

Click OK.

Changing the Buffer Mechanism (only for Microsoft Internet Explorer) NOTE Only Microsoft Internet Explorer supports the SIGRAPlugin. Other Web browsers, for example Firefox, do not support the SIGRAPlugin. The operation of the user interface requires the SIGRA Plugin. Change the buffer mechanism as follows: ✧

Start Microsoft Internet Explorer.

✧

Select the Tools menu in the menu bar of Microsoft Internet Explorer.

✧

Select Internet options from the Tools menu.

✧

In the Internet options dialog, open the General tab.

✧

In the window of the General tab, select the Settings icon.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

141

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 142 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.2 Start and Design of the User Interface

Figure 9-3

9.2.4

Changing the Buffer Mechanism

✧

In the Website Data Settings tab, click the Every time I visit the webpage icon.

✧

Click OK.

Changing the Security Setting (only for Microsoft Internet Explorer) NOTE With Microsoft Internet Explorer, version 10.0 or higher, the operation is mandatory if multiple file download is required in chapter 9.4.2.5. Change the security setting as follows:

142

✧

Start Microsoft Internet Explorer.

✧

Select the Tools menu in the menu bar of Microsoft Internet Explorer.

✧

Click Internet Options.

✧

Select the Security tab.

✧

Click Custom level.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 143 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.2 Start and Design of the User Interface

Figure 9-4 ✧

Changing Security Setting

Navigate to Miscellaneous, then to Access data sources across domains. Select Enable.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

143

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 144 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.2 Start and Design of the User Interface

Figure 9-5

Changing Security Setting - Trusted Sites Zone

✧

Navigate to ActiveX controls and plug-ins, then to Initialize and script ActiveX controls not marked as safe for scripting. Select Enable.

✧

Click OK.

NOTE If the Windows system is reinstalled, you must reconfigure the settings related to the Internet Explorer.

9.2.5

Number of Connections via HTML A maximum of 2 connections is possible via HTML.

9.2.6

Layout of the User Interface The user interface has the following layout:

144

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 145 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.2 Start and Design of the User Interface

Microsoft Internet Explorer

Address bar Online help

Navigation window Figure 9-6

Tab

Menu bar

Element

Menu

Toolbar

Navigation bar

Input/output window

Status bar

Designations in the User Interface

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

145

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 146 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.2 Start and Design of the User Interface

9.2.7

Starting the User Interface during Operation

Starting the User Interface To start the user interface, proceed as follows: ✧

Start the Web browser.

✧

Enter the IP address in Microsoft Internet Explorer (for example the default IP address: 192.168.0.55) of SICAM Q100 and press ENTER. The user interface opens with the Log on tab.

✧

Enter the User name and Password, and click Log on.

Figure 9-7

Log on via the User Interface

The user interface opens with the Information -> Show device information (Figure 9-8).

146

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 147 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.2 Start and Design of the User Interface

Information Tab

Figure 9-8

Information Tab, Show Device Information Input/Output Window

You can click the logout icon (see red marking in the figure) to log out, and the logon page will appear.

NOTE Without user interactions the Web UI will be accessible for 10 minutes (default). You can configure this time-out.

Navigation Window of the Information Tab The navigation window of the Information tab contains the elements Show device information, Save device information and message logs and the Message Logs menu with the elements Operational log and Error log.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

147

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 148 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.2 Start and Design of the User Interface

9.2.7.1 Show Device Information ✧

Click the Show device information item in the navigation window. The Show device information input/output window shows the following information (9-8):



Device information Information about the device and the installed software



Communication Information about the data transmission between device and periphery If you click the License information, you can see the OSS_Readme.



Device date and time Information about the time settings of the device



Parameter set Information about the active and passive set of parameters

9.2.7.2 Save Device Information and Message Logs ✧

Click the Save device information and logs item in the navigation window. The Save device information input/output window displays Save.

Figure 9-9 ✧

148

Information Tab, Save Device Information Input/Output Window

Click Save.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 149 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.2 Start and Design of the User Interface

The File Download dialog opens.

Figure 9-10

File Download Dialog

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

149

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 150 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.2 Start and Design of the User Interface

File Download -> Save ✧

Click Save. The Save As dialog opens.

Figure 9-11

Save As Dialog

✧

Select the file path in the Save in: list box.

✧

Use the file name suggested in the File name: list box or enter a new file name with the file extension .TXT.

✧

Click Save. The Download complete dialog opens.

✧

In the Download complete dialog, click Close.

File Download -> Open Alternatively, you can view the device information and logs on the screen and print them if needed. Proceed as follows: ✧

In the File download dialog (Figure 9-10), click Open. A text editor opens containing the device information (DEVICE INFORMATION), the operational indications (OPERATIONAL LOG) and the error messages (ERROR LOG) and file information.

✧ ✧

On the menu bar of the text editor, click File -> Print. Select the desired printer in the Print dialog and click Print. The list is printed on the connected printer.

150

✧

Close the text editor.

✧

Click an element on the navigation window or a tab, or alternatively, click the Back icon on the toolbar of Microsoft Internet Explorer twice.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 151 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.2 Start and Design of the User Interface

9.2.7.3 Message Logs Menu The Message Logs menu contains operational indications and error messages registered and saved by the device during operation. The device can save up to 128 operational indications and up to 128 error messages. When the storage capacity is exceeded, the oldest indications will be overwritten successively. Operational Log To show the operational indications, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select the Message Logs menu and then the Operational log menu item. The operational indications are listed in the input/output window as follows:

Figure 9-12

     

Information Tab, Operational Log

Serial No. Date of registration Time of registration Information on the indication Value of the indication (On, Off or Invalid) Cause source of the indication (for example Internal, Browser)

NOTE The operational indications can be printed as described in chapter 9.2.7.2, section File Download  Open. The chapter 9.5.4.1 explains how to delete the operational indications manually.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

151

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 152 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.2 Start and Design of the User Interface

Error Log

NOTE The information about error messages described below is intended for service purposes. Inform the customer service about this information when there are problems with your device. To display the error messages, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, click the Message Logs menu and then Error log. The error messages are listed in the input/output window as follows:

Figure 9-13

     

Information Tab, Error Log

Serial No. Date of registration Time of registration Relative time (referring to the start of operation, output in milliseconds) Task, Code and Location are service information for the manufacturer. Description of the error

NOTE The error messages can be printed as described in chapter 9.2.7.2, section File Download  Open. The chapter 9.5.4.2 explains how to delete the error messages manually.

152

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 153 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3

Configuration of the Device NOTE The device contains two sets of parameters. The set of parameters currently used for device operations is the active set of parameters. The inactive set of parameters is called the passive set of parameters. The following sections describe how to change and enable the passive set of parameters.

9.3.1

Device Configuration Procedure If you have not changed the set of parameters since the first start of the device (see chapter 9.2.1), use the factory settings (see chapter 9.3.3 to chapter 9.3.7). To change the settings of the set of parameters, proceed as follows: ✧

Click the Configure tab on the user interface.

Figure 9-14 ✧

Configure Tab

Select the Prepare menu in the navigation window and then either Get device configuration or Open configuration from file.

NOTE If you have selected Get device configuration, an editable copy of the active parameter set of the device is displayed on the screen. In the meantime, the active parameter set in the device continues to operate. If you have selected Open configuration from file, you can open and enable or edit the copy of a parameter set that was already created and saved to a folder.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

153

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 154 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.1.1 Get Device Configuration If you have selected Get device configuration in the Configure tab, you can open and edit either the Get active configuration or the Get default configuration in the input/output window. Proceed as follows:

Figure 9-15

Configure Tab, Get Device Configuration

Get Active Configuration and Editing ✧

Click Get active configuration. A copy of the active set of parameters (= passive set of parameters) of the device is opened for editing.

154

✧

Check and, if necessary, change the set parameters by opening the desired menus in the navigation window:

✧

Operational parameters menu according to chapter 9.3.3

✧

HMI settings according to chapter 9.3.4

✧

Recording and reporting according to chapter 9.3.5.3

✧

Administrative menu according to chapter 9.3.7.

✧

Activate the modified configuration as described in chapter 9.3.1.3.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 155 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Get Default Configuration and Editing ✧

Click Get default configuration. A copy of the factory settings (= passive set of parameters) of the device is opened for editing.

NOTE You can edit the displayed factory settings, activate and use them as active set of parameters. The original factory settings are not overwritten and can be used at anytime. ✧

Activate the modified configuration as described in chapter 9.3.1.3.

9.3.1.2 Open Configuration from File If you have selected Open configuration from file in the Configure tab, you can open an already existing file in a folder. Proceed as follows:

Figure 9-16 ✧

Configure Tab, Open Configuration from File

Click Browse....

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

155

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 156 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

The Choose file dialog opens.

Figure 9-17

✧

Choose File

Select the desired file (extension .cfg) in the directory.

NOTE You can open only files with the following properties of the file name: •

Maximum 8 characters and extension (.cfg)

•

Only containing:

   ✧

Letters: a to z, A to Z Numbers: 0 to 9 Hyphen (-) and underline (_)

Click Open. The selected path is inserted into the Browse field in the input/output window, Figure 9-16.

✧

Click Open. The device configuration from the CFG file is loaded.

NOTE If you have activated the option in your web browser to transfer the local directory name together with the file name when uploading files, then the total number of characters in the directory and file names may not exceed 100 English characters. Otherwise, the .cfg file in your device will not be updated.

156

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 157 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.1.3 Finish Configuration When you have changed the configuration, you must either enable it as the active set of parameters or save it. Activating the Set of Parameters To activate the set of parameters, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select the Finish configuration menu and click Activation.

Figure 9-18 ✧

Configure Tab, Activation Input/Output Window

Click Activation. At first the message Parameter activation is still in progress will be shown and then the message Parameter activation is complete in the input/output window. The modified set of parameters is loaded as the active set of parameters into the device and the new parameters take effect immediately.

NOTE The active and passive set of parameters are listed in the Activation input/output window in the Set column for your information.

NOTE During the parameter activation, the device is working under special mode. If one kind of recorders happens in this duration, the integrity of the recorded data cannot be guaranteed.

Save Configuration to File You can save both the active and the passive configuration to a file. Proceed as follows:

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

157

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 158 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

✧

In the navigation window, select the Finish configuration menu and click Save Configuration to File.

Figure 9-19 ✧

Configure Tab, Save Configuration to File Input/Output Window

Click either Save active configuration or Save passive configuration. The File Download dialog opens.

Figure 9-20

File Download Dialog

File Download -> Save ✧

158

Click Save.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 159 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

The Save As dialog opens.

Figure 9-21

Save As Dialog

✧

Select the file path in the Save in: list box.

✧

Use the file name suggested in the File name: list box or enter a new file name with the file extension *.CFG.

NOTE The length of file names must not exceed 8 characters. Use only characters according to NOTE in chapter 9.3.1.2. ✧

Click Save. The Download complete dialog opens.

✧

In the Download complete dialog, click Close.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

159

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 160 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Cancel To cancel the configuration, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select the Finish configuration menu and click Cancel.

Figure 9-22 ✧

Configure Tab, Cancel Input/Output Window

Click Cancel in the input/output window.

NOTE After clicking Cancel, the active set of parameters is copied into the passive set of parameters. This action is the same as Get device configuration -> Get active configuration described in chapter 9.3.1.1. After you have clicked Cancel, the parameterization is released and can be run from a different computer if necessary.

160

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 161 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.2

Access to the Passive Set of Parameters by Multiple Users

Reading the Passive Set of Parameters The user interface allows the simultaneous read access of up to 2 users to the passive set of parameters. Editing the Passive Set of Parameters The passive set of parameters can only be edited from one user even though multiple users have simultaneous read access. Once a user changes a parameter on the user interface, the write access is denied for all other users. If the write access is blocked, modified in brackets will be displayed in the upper right corner of the user interface. The user making the changes will see modified without brackets.

Figure 9-23

Access Blocked

If a user makes a change, the server starts a 20-minute timer. If no further changes to the set of parameters are entered by the time the timer has counted down, write access is released again for all users. In this case, the modified data are discarded and the passive set of parameters is overwritten with the content of the active set of parameters. If new changes to the passive parameter set are made during the 20-minute countdown, the timer is restarted by each action. If the user has completed the changes to the passive set of parameters or finished the parameterization by clicking Cancel, write access for all users is also released.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

161

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 162 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.3

Setting the Operational Parameters In the Configure tab you can view and edit the set operational parameters. You can select the parameters in the Operational menu in the navigation window. The submenus Process connections, Select automation function, HMI, PQ Management and Administrative are available for making the settings. The submenus contain the following elements: •

Process connections

    •

AC measurement Binary inputs Binary outputs LEDs

Select automation functions

  

Limits 1-8 Limits 9-16 Group indications 1-4

NOTE Observe the procedure for the device configuration described in chapter 9.3.1 when you set the operational parameters.

NOTE If you change the Network type during ongoing operation, check the settings, measured values, and limiting values for inconsistencies. Check also the ICD file which is suitable for the network type. If there are any invalid measured values and limiting values or a wrong ICD file, restart the device.

162

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 163 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.3.1 Process Connections 9.3.3.1.1

AC Measurement

Default Settings and Setting Ranges of Measured-Value Acquisition

NOTE Pay careful attention to the values you configure to ensure that they do not contradict each other. Table 9-2Settings for Measured-Value Acquisition Parameter Rated frequency

Default Setting 50 Hz

Network type 1)

Power quality values for

Four-wire, three-phase, unbalanced 2)

Calculate Voltage RMS values PN and PP 2) Nominal/Declared supply voltage 1)

Phase to neutral no AC 230.00 V

Setting Range Setting 50 Hz: 50 Hz ±7.5 Hz Setting 60 Hz: 60 Hz ±9 Hz Acc. to list box (see chapter 16) Phase to neutral Phase to phase no yes AC 57.73 V to 400 V (autorange)



IEC 61000-4-30 Class A: to AC 230 V: 200 % overvoltage



> AC 230 V to 400 V: 200 % to 15 % overvoltage

UL conditions:

  Voltage transformer

no

Primary rated voltage Secondary rated voltage Current transformer

AC 10 000.00 V AC 100.00 V no

Primary rated current Secondary rated current Transformer ratio In3)

AC 1 000.00 A AC 1.00 A no

Primary rated current In Zero-point suppression 4) Voltage harmonic unit

AC 1 000.00 A 0.3 % (from Unom, Irated) %

Measurement aggregation 5)

-none-

1) 2) 3)

to AC 170 V: 200 % overvoltage > AC 170 V to 300 V: 200 % to 15 % overvoltage

no yes AC 100.00 V to 1 000 000.00 V AC 1.00 V to 460.00 V no yes AC 1.00 A to 100 000.00 A AC 1.0 A to 10.0 A no yes AC 1.0 A to 100 000.0 A 0.0 % to 10.0 % % V -none150/180-cycle interval

In the case of contradictory parameter settings, Primary nominal voltage is indicated as faulty (red) and Network type as not adjustable (gray). Moreover, the Send button is disabled. Power quality values for and Calculate Voltage RMS values PN and PP are available only if the following Network type is selected: Four-wire, three-phase, unbalanced. Transformer ratio In is available only if the following Network type is selected: Four-wire, three-phase, unbalanced.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

163

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 164 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device 4) 5)

Voltage and current values smaller than/equal to the setting referred to 100 % are not included in the calculation and display. You can select none/150-cycle interval on 50 Hz or none/180-cycle interval on 60 Hz. If none is selected, the value will be updated every 10/12 cycles If 150-cycle interval or 180-cycle interval is selected, the value will be updated every 3 s.

Parameterization of the Measured-Value Acquisition To change the parameters of the measured-value acquisition, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select the Operational parameters menu, then the Process connections submenu and click AC measurement.

Figure 9-24

Configure Tab, AC Measurement Input/Output Window

✧

Enter the desired values in the fields and select the parameters in the list boxes and option fields as described in Table 9-2.

✧

If you are not using a voltage transformer and/or current transformer between the measurement object and SICAM Q100, click no in the respective option field. The associated fields for primary and secondary values are hidden in this case.

Aggregation Time (User interface: Average interval) It is also necessary to set or to change the aggregation time, see chapter 9.3.6.3 (Table 9-16, Average interval). For example, if you want to determine the prevailing phase angles and the prevailing ratio, change the aggregation time (Average interval).

NOTE The aggregation time defines the time for the update of the prevailing phase angle. If you change the aggregation time, the time is also changed for other measurements.

164

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 165 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

NOTE If Ethernet communication with Bus protocol IEC 61850 is active (see Chapter 9.3.7.2) and you change Network type, the device will restart. ✧

After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).

✧

If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

165

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 166 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.3.1.2

Binary Inputs U1/U2 and U3/U2

Default Settings and Setting Ranges of the Binary Inputs U1/U2 and U3/U2

Table 9-3

Settings for Binary Inputs U1/U2 and U3/U2 Parameter

Default Settings

Setting Range

Threshold voltage Threshold voltage (one setting for both binary inputs)

19 V

19 V 88 V 176 V

Binary inputs Terminals U1/2 Routed as: 1)

Status information

Status information Load profile source Tariff source

Software filter time (only settable if Routed as: Status information has been set)

1 (* 2 ms)

2 ms to 120 000 ms (settable in 2-ms increments)

Source inverted

no

no yes

Add entry to operational log (only settable if Routed as: Status information has been set)

yes

no yes

Binary input indication

Binary Input 1

Any Max. 31 characters 2)

Routed as: 1)

Status information

Status information Load profile source Tariff source

Software filter time (only settable if Routed as: Status information has been set)

1 (* 2 ms)

2 ms to 120 000 ms (settable in 2-ms increments)

Source inverted

no

no yes

Add entry to operational log (only settable if Routed as: Status information has been set)

yes

no yes

Binary input indication

Binary Input 2

Any Max. 31 characters 2)

Terminals U3/2

166

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 167 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device 1)

see following note:

NOTE The parameter cannot be changed in this field. In the Configuration tab, menu Energy management, the Load profile source or Tariff source is selected. If you did not select a source, Status information is automatically selected. 2)

31 bytes of UTF-8

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

167

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 168 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Parameterizing the Binary Inputs U1/U2 and U3/U2 If you want to change the parameters for the binary inputs, please proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select the Operational parameters menu, then the Process connection submenu, and click the element Binary inputs.

Figure 9-25

Configure Tab, Binary Inputs Input/Output Window

✧

Change the Parameters and the Binary input indication according to Table 9-3.

✧

After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).

✧

168

If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 169 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.3.1.3

Binary Outputs G1/G2 and G3/G2

Default Settings and Setting Ranges of the Binary Outputs G1/G2 and G3/G2

Table 9-4

Settings of Binary Outputs G1/G2 and G3/G2 Parameter

Source type

Default Setting

Setting Range

Indication

Indication Energy counter

-none-

Acc. to list box

Source Type Indication Indication

(see chapter 16) Source inverted

no

no yes

Operating mode

Persistent

Persistent Persistent with fail safe Pulse Pulse with retrigger

Output time for pulse operating mode (setting only possible if operating modes Pulse and Pulse with retrigger)

20 (* 10 ms)

50 ms to 3 600 000 ms

-none-

Acc. to list box

Source Type Energy Counter Energy counter

(see chapter 16) Energy increase per pulse

1.0 Wh

0.1 Wh/VAh/varh to 1 000 000 Wh/VAh/ varh

Output time for pulse operating mode

20 (* 10 ms)

50 ms to 3 600 000 ms

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

169

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 170 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Parameterization of the Binary Outputs G1/G2 and G3/G2 To change the outputs of a binary output, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select the Operational parameters menu, then the Process connections submenu and click Binary outputs.

Figure 9-26

Configure Tab, Binary Outputs Input/Output Window

NOTE The parameterization of both binary outputs is identical. Figure 9-26 depicts binary output Terminal G1/G2 as output for indications and binary output Terminal G3/G2 as energy counter. You can only set either an indication or an energy counter for a binary output.

170

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 171 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Parameterizing an Indication ✧

Select the desired parameters for an indication in the list boxes and option fields (see Figure 9-26, example terminal G1/G2) as described in Table 9-4.

NOTE If you select -not assigned- as the source of an indication and/or energy counter, the corresponding binary output is inactive. ✧

You can select the following output types in the Operating mode list box:



Persistent: The binary output has the status ON or OFF. If the indication becomes invalid, the binary output continues to maintain its current status. Indication Indication

ON

invalid

OFF

invalid

Output Binary output not inverted

ON

Binary output inverted

ON

OFF

Output

OFF

Figure 9-27 Persistent



Persistent with fail save: If the indication becomes invalid, the binary output switches into the OFF state, that is if Source inverted = no, or it switches into the ON state if Source inverted = yes. Indication Indication

ON

invalid

OFF

invalid

Output Binary output not inverted

ON

Binary output inverted

ON

OFF

OFF

Output

Figure 9-28 Persistent with Fail Save



Pulse without retrigger: This indication is output as pulse. If the indication changes again while the output pulse is ON, the pulse output time is not restarted. This means that a change of the indication during the pulse output will be ignored. Indication

Indication

Indication

ON

Indication

OFF

Output

Output

Output

ON

Binary output with Source inverted = no

OFF Output time

Output Binary output with Source inverted = yes

Output

Output

ON OFF Output time

Figure 9-29 Pulse without Retrigger SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

171

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 172 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device



Pulse with retrigger: This indication is output as pulse. The output pulse is retriggered if the indication is changed during the pulse output. This means that the pulse output is extended. Indication Indication

Indication

Output with retrigger

Output

ON OFF Output time

Extended output time

Output Binary output with Source inverted = yes

Indication

OFF

Output Binary output with Source inverted = no

Indication

ON

Output with retrigger

Output

ON OFF Output time

Extended output time

Figure 9-30 Pulse with Retrigger ✧

If you have selected one of the two Pulse types in the Operating mode list box, enter an output time x (in x *10 ms) into the Output time for pulse operating mode field.

Behavior when Activating the Set of Parameters after the Set of Parameters was Changed



Persistent The binary output is set to the new status (ON or OFF) as defined by the current indication.



Pulse If the binary output is ON in pulse mode while activating the parameter set, the binary output is immediately switched to OFF after the parameter set has been activated. This happens even if the parameterized Output time for pulse operating mode has not yet elapsed.

✧

After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).

✧

If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.

Parameterizing an Energy Counter (see Figure 9-26, for example terminal G1/G2) ✧

Enter the desired values into the fields and select the parameter in the list box as described in Table 9-4.

✧

After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).

✧

172

If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 173 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.3.1.4

LEDs

Default Settings and Setting Options of the LEDs Table 9-5LED Settings LED

Default Setting

Setting Options

RUN

Device ready

Not settable

H1

-none-

Acc. to list box

H2

(see chapter 16)

ERROR

-none-

Errors are signaled as parameterized (only error indications can be parameterized). Acc. to list box (see chapter 16)

Indication inverted

no

no yes

Parameterization of the LEDs To change the outputs of the LEDs H1, H2, and ERROR, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select the Operational parameters menu, then the Process connections submenu and click LEDs.

Figure 9-31

Configure Tab, LEDs Input/Output Window

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

173

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 174 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

✧

Select the desired parameters in the list boxes and option fields as described in Table 9-5.

NOTE Select Indication -none- to disable the corresponding LED. ✧

After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).

✧

If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.

Behavior of the LEDs Indication Indication

H L

LED

ON OFF

Figure 9-32

174

invalid

invalid

flash

flash

Behavior of the LEDs

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 175 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.3.2 Automation Functions

9.3.3.2.1

Limit Settings In the Select automation functions menu you can set upper or lower limits for up to 16 measured values. Limit violations of the upper or lower value range can be output as indications. Limiting value violations can be signaled at the device via the 2 binary outputs and the LEDs H1 and H2. Furthermore, all 16 limit violations can be sent to peripheral devices via the communication interfaces. The programmable limits are divided into two groups Limits 1-8 and Limits 9-16. The parameterization is identical for all limits.

Default Settings and Setting Ranges of the Limits

Table 9-6

Limit Settings Parameter

Measurement

Default Setting -none-

Setting Range Acc. to list box (see chapter 16)

Limit

0.0

-1 000 000 000 to 1 000 000 000 (unit)

Limit type

Lower

Lower Upper

Hysteresis (%)

1.0

0.0 to 10.0

Violation indication

Limit Violation x (x = 1 to 16)

Any Max. 31 characters 1)

1)

31 bytes of UTF-8

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

175

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 176 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Parameterizing a Limit To change, for example, limit 1, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select the Operational parameters menu, then the Select automation functions submenu and click Limits 1-8.

Figure 9-33 ✧

Configure Tab, Limits 1-8 Input/Output Window (Detail)

Enter the desired values in the fields and select the parameters in the list boxes and option fields as described in Table 9-6.

Hysteresis of the Limit Value Violation 100 % Limit Max

Permissible range

Hysteresis range

Limit Min 0% t Start

Figure 9-34

End

Start

End

Hysteresis (General Representation)

NOTE Select Measurement -none- to disable the corresponding limit indication.

176

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 177 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

NOTE Which quantities are offered in the Measurement list box depends on the configured network type. The Network type is specified in the Process connections submenu, AC measurement input/output window, see chapter 9.3.3.1.1. ✧

After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).

✧

9.3.3.2.2

If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.

Group Indications In the Select automation functions menu, up to 4 Group indications can be parameterized and each of them can be assigned up to 4 logically linked single-point indications. The single-point indications can be inverted.

Default Settings and Setting of the Group Indications Table 9-7

Group Indications Parameter

Source

Default Setting -none-

Setting Range Acc. to list box (see chapter 16)

Source inverted

no

no yes

Logic operation

NONE

NONE OR AND

Group indication name

Group Indication x (x = 1 to 4)

Any Max. 31 characters 1)

1)

31 bytes of UTF-8

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

177

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 178 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Rule for Linking Indications to a Group Indication In a group indication, up to 4 indications can sequentially be linked logically. The indications 1 to 4 are always linked successively as follows: Indication 1 with Indication 2 = Indication 1/2 Indication 1/2 with Indication 3 = Indication 1/2/3 Indication 1/2/3 with Indication 4 = Group indication

AND

INV

OR

AND

Figure 9-35

Group Indication 1

Example: Linking 4 Indications to a Group Indication

INV AND

Figure 9-36

178

Group Indication 1

Example: Linking 2 Indications to a Group Indication

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 179 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Parameterizing a Group Indication To change, for example, group indication 1, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select the Operational parameters menu, then the Select automation functions submenu and click Group indications 1-4.

Figure 9-37 ✧

Configure Tab, Group Indications Input/Output Window (Detail)

Select the desired parameters in the list boxes and option fields as described in Table 9-7.

NOTE Sources are assigned inside a group indication sequentially from source 1 to source 4. If you select -none- at the 1st source in a group indication, you cannot configure further sources in this group indication. In this case, the group indication is inactive. You can also integrate group indications into subordinated group indications, for example group indication 1 in group indication 3. ✧

After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).

✧

If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

179

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 180 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.4

HMI In the Configure tab, you can view and, if necessary, edit the display settings. You can select these parameters in the HMI menu in the navigation window. The menu contains the following elements: •

Display settings

•

User-defined screen

9.3.4.1 Display Settings Default Settings and Setting Ranges

Table 9-8

Display Settings Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

Contrast

8

0 to 10

Time until dimmed

10

1 min to 99 min

Refresh time

1 000

330 ms to 3 000 ms

Inverse display

no

no yes

Phase label

(L1,L2,L3)

(L1,L2,L3) (a,b,c)

Parameterizing the Display Settings To change the properties of the display, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select the HMI menu and click LCD Property.

Figure 9-38

Configure Tab, Display Settings Input/Output Window

✧

Enter the desired values into the fields and select the corresponding parameters in the option fields as described in Table 9-8.

✧

After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).

180

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 181 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

✧

If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

181

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 182 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.4.2 User-Defined Screens In the User-defined screen menu you can parameterize up to 4 different User screens. Each Screen type allows you to select whether to display the measured values numerically (2 or 4 measured values) or graphically and numerically (2 or 3 measured values). To select which of the 4 screens are presently displayed on the device, you must use the device softkeys and the HTML page. Default Settings and Setting Ranges

Table 9-9

Settings of User Screens Parameter

Setting Range

Screen type

-none- 1)

-none2 measured values, numerical 4 measured values, numerical 2 measured values, graphical + numerical 3 measured values, graphical + numerical

Screen name

USER_SCREEN_x (x = 1 to 4)

Max. 18 characters Only English and German letters, numbers, and special characters are permitted.

2 measured values, numerical Display 1, numerical Display 2, numerical

-none-

Acc. to list box

4 measured values, numerical Display 1, numerical Display 2, numerical Display 3, numerical Display 4, numerical

-none-

2 measured values, graphical and numerical Display 1, graph./num. Display 2, graph./num.

-none-

3 measured values, graphical and numerical Display 1, graph./num. Display 2, graph./num. Display 3, graph./num.

-none-

Display x, graph./num. (x = 1 to 3) Min value Max value

1)

182

Default Setting

(see chapter 16) Acc. to list box (see chapter 16)

Acc. to list box (see chapter 16)

Acc. to list box (see chapter 16)

0.0 10.0 (unit according to measured value)

The minimum value and maximum value are defined by the selected parameters (see chapter 9.3.3.1.1).

If you have not made any selection, the displays explained in the following do not exist.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 183 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Parameterizing the User-Defined Screens To change the User define screens, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select the HMI menu and click User Define Screen.

Figure 9-39

Configure Tab, User Define Screen Input/Output Window

✧

Select the respective parameters in the list boxes according to Table 9-9.

✧

After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).

✧

If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

183

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 184 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.5

Energy Management

9.3.5.1 Load Profile Default Settings and Setting Ranges

Table 9-10

Load Profile

Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

Subperiode time

15 minutes

1 min to 6 min in 1-min steps, 10 min, 12 min, 15 min, 20 min, 30 min, 60 min

Number of subperiods1)

1

1 to 5

Synchronization source

Internal clock

None Protocol Binary input 1 Binary input 2 Internal clock

Kind of used reactive power

Q1

Q12) Qn Qtot

1)

Number = 1: Fixed Block method: The lengths of the subperiod and of the measuring period are identical. Number = 2 to 5: Rolling Block method Length of the subperiod: The length of the subperiod is an integer part of a full hour. Length of measuring period: The length of the measuring period cannot be configured directly. It is defined as the product of the length of the subperiod and the number of subperiods: Length of measuring period = n x length of subperiod; n = number of subperiods

2)

Under 3-wire Network (Delta), the selection of Q1 should not be used.

Parameterizing the Load Profile To change the Load profile settings, proceed as follows:

184

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 185 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

✧

In the navigation window of the Energy management menu click Load profile.

Figure 9-40

Configure Tab, Load Profile Input/Output Window

NOTE Changing the number and length of the subperiods deletes the load-profile buffer.

NOTE If a binary input is used as synchronization source its properties must be configured (see chapter 9.3.3.1.2 Configure -> Operational parameters -> Process connections -> Binary inputs). ✧

Select the respective parameters in the list boxes according to Table 9-10.

✧

After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).

✧

If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

185

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 186 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.5.2 Tariffs (TOU) Default Settings and Setting Ranges Table 9-11Tariffs (TOU) Parameter Synchronization source

Default Setting Protocol

Setting Range Protocol1) Binary input 12) Binary input 22) Calendar

The following parameters are available only when Synchronization source is set to Calendar. Season 1 Start

01-01

01-01 to 12-31

Season 1 End

06-30

01-01 to 12-31

Season 2 Start

07-01

Not settable The rest days of the full year

Season 2 End

12-31

Weekend Setting

Thursday and Friday

Sunday to Saturday, max. 2 days

Season x (x = 1 or 2) Tariff y (y = 1 to 8) Period 1 Start

00:00

00:00 to 23:45

Season x (x = 1 or 2) Tariff y (y = 1 to 8) Period 1 End

24:00

00:15 to 24:00

Season x (x = 1 or 2) Tariff y (y = 1 to 8) Period 2 Start

00:00

00:15 to 23:45

Season x (x = 1 or 2) Tariff y (y = 1 to 8) Period 2 End

24:00

00:30 to 24:00

Season x (x = 1 or 2) Tariff y (y = 1 to 8) Period 1 Active

No 3)

Yes No

Season x (x = 1 or 2) Tariff y (y = 1 to 8) Period 2 Active

No

Yes No

Season x (x = 1 or 2) Tariff y (y = 1 to 8) Workday/ Weekend Selection

Every Day

Every Day Workday Weekend

Coverage Check

Pass Fail (with gap) Fail (with overlap)

1)

In this case, the protocol Modbus TCP can control tariff 1 to tariff 8. Refer to the System Manual SICAM Q100, chapter 2.2.7.18 Register 0154: Tariffs (read and write), order number E50417-C1040-C522.

186

2)

This synchronization source can only control tariff 1 or tariff 2.

3)

The default settings of Tariff 1 Period 1 Active for 2 seasons are checked.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 187 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Parameterizing the Tariffs To change the tariff setting, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window of the Energy management menu click Tariffs (TOU).

Figure 9-41

Configure Tab, Tariffs (TOU) Input/Output Window

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

187

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 188 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

✧

Select the parameter in the list box according to Table 9-11. When Synchronization source is set to Calendar:

 

If the coverage check passes, all the coverage check bars show in green, see Figure 9-42. If the coverage check fails, the coverage check bars show in other colors, see Figure 9-43. The button Send is disabled. You must reconfigure the parameters.

Figure 9-42

188

Configure Tab, Synchronization Source: Calendar

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 189 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Figure 9-43

✧

Configure Tab, Synchronization Source: Calendar, Fail with Gap or Overlap

After the parameterization click Send. The parameter is transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive parameter set).

✧

If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.

NOTE If you change the setting value of the parameter Synchronization source from Protocol to Binary input, you must reselect the tariff. Otherwise, the value will be cumulated in the previous tariff.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

189

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 190 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.5.3 Energy Upper Limit Default Settings and Setting Ranges

Table 9-12

Energy Upper Limit

Parameter Energy Upper Limit

Default Setting Energy Counter

Setting Range Energy Counter Energy Value

You can select the energy counter or the energy value as the energy upper limit in Configure -> Energy management -> Energy Upper Limit.

Figure 9-44

190

Configure Tab, Energy Upper Limit

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 191 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.5.4 Energy Freeze and Record Default Settings and Setting Ranges

Table 9-13

Energy Freeze and Record

Parameter Interval

Default Setting 10 minutes

Setting Range 10 minutes 15 minutes 30 minutes 60 minutes

The SICAM Q100 device supports the freeze energy counter via IEC 61850. You can set the Interval in Configure -> Energy management -> Energy freeze and record to define the interval of freezing period.

Figure 9-45

Configure Tab, Energy Freeze and Record

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

191

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 192 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.6

Recording and Reporting In the Configure tab, you can view and, if necessary, edit the settings for recording and reports. You can select these parameters in the Recording and reporting menu in the navigation window. The menu contains the following elements: •

Event recorder

•

Trigger management

•

Recorder parameters

•

Mains signaling voltage

•

Memory management

•

Report configuration

•

Recording parameters

•

Transient detection

9.3.6.1 Event Recorder Default Settings and Setting Ranges

Table 9-14

Event Recorder Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

Voltage event Swell threshold

110 %

105 % to 140 % in 5-% steps

Dip threshold

90 %

75 % to 95 % in 5-% steps

Interruption threshold

5%

1 %, 2 %, 3 %, 5 %, 8 % 10 %

Hysteresis

2%

1 % to 6 % in 1-% steps

Event detection mode1)

ph-N

ph-N ph-ph RVC event

RVC threshold

6%

1 % to 6 % in 1-% steps

RVC hysteresis 2)

3%

0.5 % to 3 % in 0.5-% steps

RVC event detection mode 3)

ph-N

ph-N ph-ph Frequency event

Underfrequency threshold

192

1%

0.1 % to 1.0 % in 0.1-% steps and 1.0 % to 5.0 % in 1.0-%-steps

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 193 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Table 9-14

Event Recorder

Overfrequency threshold

1%

0.1 % to 1.0 % in 0.1-% steps and 1.0 % to 5.0 % in 1.0-%-steps Voltage-unbalance event

Voltage-unbalance threshold

5%

1 % to 5 % in 1-% steps

1)

Only for 3P4W(3 phases/4 wires) unbalanced network type, user can select ph-N or ph-ph option as the event trigger condition.

2)

According to IEC61000-4-30 Ed.3, RVC hysteresis is recommended to be half of the threshold.

3)

Event detection mode (RVC event) will always synchronize with the setting Event detection mode (Voltage event).

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

193

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 194 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Parameterizing the Event Recorder To change the Event Recorder, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select the Recording and Reporting menu and click Event Recorder.

Figure 9-46

Configure Tab, Event Recorders Input/Output Window

✧

Select the respective parameters in the list boxes according to Table 9-14.

✧

After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).

✧

194

If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 195 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.6.2 Trigger Management Default Settings and Setting Ranges

Table 9-15

Trigger Management

Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

Voltage trigger limits Trigger active

no

no yes

Tolerance unit

Percentage

Percentage Numerical

Lower threshold

90.00 % of the nominal/declared supply voltage

0.00 % to 99.99 % of the nominal/declared supply voltage 0.0 V to 1 000 000.0 V

Upper threshold

110.00 % of the nominal/declared supply voltage

100.0 % to 10 000.0 % of the nominal/declared supply voltage 0.0 V to 1 000 000.0 V

Hysteresis

2.00 % of the nominal/ declared supply voltage

0.0 % to 50.0 % of the nominal/declared supply voltage

Detection mode 1)

ph-N

ph-N ph-ph Current trigger limits

Trigger active

no

no yes

Tolerance unit

Percentage

Percentage Numerical

Lower threshold

90.00 % of nominal current In

0.00 % to 99.99 % of of nominal current In 0.0 A to 1 000 000.0 A

Upper threshold

110.00 % of nominal current In

100.0 % to 10 000.0 % of of nominal current In 0.0 A to 1 000 000 A

Hysteresis

2.00 % of nominal current In

0.0 % to 50.0 % of of nominal current In

Configuration binary trigger Trigger active

no

no yes

Trigger source

Binary Input 1

Indication 1 from Remote Indication 2 from Remote Binary Input 1 Binary Input 2

Trigger value

OFF

ON OFF Waveform capture setting

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

195

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 196 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Table 9-15

Trigger Management

Total recording duration

2.0 s

0.2 s to 3.0 s in 0.2-s steps

Pretrigger ratio

10 %

0 % to 30 % in 5-% steps

Record ph-ph voltage

no

no yes

1)

The Detection mode will always synchronize with the setting of Record ph-ph voltage under Waveform capture setting.

Parameterizing the Trigger Management To change the trigger management settings, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select the Recording and Reporting menu and click Trigger management.

Figure 9-47

Configure Tab, Trigger Management Input/Output Window

✧

Select the respective parameters in the list boxes according to Table 9-15.

✧

After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).

✧

196

If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 197 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.6.3 Recorder Parameter Default Settings and Setting Ranges Table 9-16Recorder Parameter Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

Measurement Recorder PQ data Parameter Average intervals - Frequency

10 s

fixed

Short-term flicker

10 min

fixed

Long-term flicker

2h

fixed

Average interval - Voltage, Unbalance and Harmonics

10 min

30 s, 1 min, 10 min, 15 min, 30 min, 1 h, 2 h

Record additional data (I, P, Q, S etc.)

no

no yes

Recorder of average - Min

no

no yes

Recorder of average - Max

no

no yes

Harmonics parity

Odd

Even Odd All

File generation every: 1)

24 h

At average interval

File generation every:

30 s

1 h (fix)

1 min

2 h (fix)

10 min, 15 min, 30 min, 1 h or 2h

2h

(corresponds to the setting of the Average interval parameter) The created PQDIF files can be downloaded via the user interface or with the IEC 61850 protocol.

4h 6h 12 h 24 h

Recorded file type

PQDIF

PQDIF (see chapter 9.4.2.5) CSV All

Flicker lamp model

230 V

230 V 120 V

10 minutes

Not configurable The same as the value of Interval set in Configure -> Energy management -> Energy freeze and reset.

Energy value Parameter Energy value recorder

Trend Recorder

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

197

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 198 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Table 9-16Recorder Parameter Tolerance unit

Percentage

Percentage Numerical

Tolerance number

Percentage: 3 % of primary nominal voltage, Numerical: 0.5 V

1 % to 5 % in 1-% steps

10 min

10 min, 30 min, 1 h, 2 h, 4 h, 6 h, 12 h, 24 h

Maximum recording interval

1)

0.2 V to 500.0 V

The interval of aggregated values of harmonics and interharmonics will always synchronize with the setting of Average interval in Measurement recorder.

Parameterizing the Recorder Parameters To change the Recorder management, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select the Recording and Reporting menu and click Recorder management.

Figure 9-48 ✧

Configure Tab, Recorder Management Input/Output Window

Select the desired parameters in the list boxes and option fields as described in Table 9-16.

NOTE The voltage is recorded in the following connection types: •

3P4W (3 phases/4 wires): phase-to-phase voltage or phase-to-ground voltage

•

3P3W (3 phases/3 wires): only phase-to-phase voltage

✧

After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).

198

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 199 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

✧

If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

199

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 200 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

The Measured Value Recorder Intervals and the PQDIF Files The measured values recorder intervals are defined according to the averaging intervals setting. This will define the availability of the PQDif files. Table 9-17 Set averaging interval

30 s

PQDIF File Interval (measured value recorder) Recording duration for creating a PQDIF file 1h

Time at start of recording of a complete PQDIF file

Start of recording (recorder start option)

00:00 h

- start at the next minute limit

01:00 h

- start at the next 10-minute limit

02.00 h

- immediate start

....

- start at the next hour limit

22:00 h

- start next day

23:00 h 1 min

2h

00:00 h 02:00 h 04.00 h .... 20:00 h 22:00 h

10 min

2 h, 4 h, 6 h, 12 h, 24 h

15 min 30 min 1h 2h

200

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 201 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

A new file is created after a PQDIF file has been completely recorded.

11:00

11:10

12:00

Time

12:00

Time

1) 11:10 a.m. to 12:00 p.m. : 1st PQDIF file 2) 12:00 p.m. to 01:00 p.m. : 2nd PQDIF file …

The device shut down

11:00

11:10

11:15

The device turn on again

11:30

1) 11:10 a.m. to 12:00 p.m. : 1st PQDIF file 2) 12:00 p.m. to 01:00 p.m. : 2nd PQDIF file … The device shut down

11:00

11:10

11:40

The device turn on again

12:00

12:10

Time

1) 11:10 a.m. to 12:00 p.m. : 1st PQDIF file 2) 12:00 p.m. to 01:00 p.m. : 2nd PQDIF file …

Data (recording status) Figure 9-49

Creating PQDIF Files of the Measured Value Recorder

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

201

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 202 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Recording with the Trend Recorder The recording of data points (voltage values with a time stamp) that have exceeded/fallen below the parameterized tolerance value (fault) and the associated creation of a PQDIF file is determined by 2 trigger criteria: •

Creation of a PQDIF file after the parameterized Maximum recording interval (for example, 24 h) has been reached if within this interval no 1024 data points have been generated yet.

•

Creating a PQDIF file without considering the parameterized Maximum recording interval, if the voltage has exceeded/fallen below the tolerance range 1024 times and therefore 1024 data points have been generated. Start time

Clock time

0:00

04:00

PQDIF file recording

Figure 9-50

12:00

06:50

Recording time

Data points

08:00

0

14:15

1024 / 0 Recording all 1024 data points

16:00

1024 / 0 Recording all 1024 data points

20:00

24:00

18:45

1024 / 0

Recording all 1024 data points

120 / 0 Recording 120 data points

Trend Recorder, Function When the 24 h Interval Is Set

NOTE A data point is created when the voltage exceeds or falls below the parameterized tolerance value. The data point represents this voltage value in the PQDIF file.

202

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 203 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.6.4 Mains Signaling Voltage Default Settings and Setting Ranges

Table 9-18

Mains Signaling Voltage

Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

Mains signaling voltage measurement MSV active

no

no yes

No. of MSV frequencies

1 frequency

1 frequency 2 frequencies

Frequency 1

216.60 Hz

100 Hz to 3 kHz

Frequency 2

1060.00 Hz

100 Hz to 3 kHz

Mains signaling voltage capture setting Detection threshold

1 [% of Udin]

1 % to 15 % of Udin

Total recording duration

75 s

15 s to 120 s in 15-s steps

Pretrigger ratio

10 %

0 % to 30 % in 5-% steps

Changing the Mains Signaling Voltage Parameters To change the Mains signaling voltage, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select the Recording and Reporting menu and click Mains signaling voltage.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

203

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 204 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Figure 9-51

Configure Tab, Mains Signaling Voltage Input/Output Window

✧

Select the desired parameters in the list boxes and option fields as described in Table 9-18.

✧

After the parameterization, click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).

If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.

204

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 205 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.6.5 Memory Management Default Settings and Setting Ranges

Table 9-19

Memory Management Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

Memory splitting Event recorder

1.0 %

1 % to 19 % 1)

Measurement recorder

35.0 % (the recording time depends on the aggregation interval)

33 % to 51 % 1)

Trend recorder

47.0 % (residual storage capacity)

Min. 31 % 2) 3)

Fault recorder

3.0 % (number of records depends on the fault-record time)

3 % to 21 % 1)

Mains signaling voltage recorder

14 % (number of records depends on the record time of the mains signaling voltage)

14 % to 20 % 1)

1)

The memory sizes for event list, PQ records, fault records, and mains signaling voltage records can be changed.

2)

The memory size for continuous recording is calculated automatically and forms the difference to 100 % of the total memory size. The maximum total memory size of 100 % cannot be exceeded due to parameterization errors.

3)

If the residual memory capacity falls below 31 %, activation is no longer possible. In this case, the Action was not successful indication appears on the status bar.

Parameterizing the Memory Allocation

NOTE If the device has been recording data for a longer period, a modification of the memory areas can lead to the following indication: „Memory size should not be changed now. If you active changes, all PQ data will be lost. Please back up data before activation or cancel changes.” This indication is issued only if the stored data and the expected data would exceed the memory capacity of the SD card.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

205

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 206 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

To change the Memory management, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select the Recording and Reporting menu and click Memory management.

Figure 9-52

Configure Tab, Storage Input/Output Window

✧

Select the respective parameters in the list boxes according to Table 9-19 and enter the desired values in the associated fields.

✧

After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).

✧

206

If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 207 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.6.6 Report Configuration The Report configuration allows you to parameterize the PQ threshold parameters (User defined). You can adjust the process connections to the installation environment and enter different operational settings. Alternatively, you can use the default values according to EN 50160 LV&MV or EN 50160 HV. Default Settings and Setting Ranges Table 9-20

Report Configuration Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

General Information Company: Department: Supervisor: Inspector: Location: Comment:

-

Any text displayed in the printout of the power quality report

Power Quality Report Evaluation mode according to:

EN 50160 LV&MV

EN 50160 LV&MV EN 50160 HV User defined

Flagging acc. to IEC 61000-4-30

no

no yes

Power frequency 99.5 % of measurement should be in -1.0 % to 1.0 % deviation of the power frequency.

Any setting for user-defined evaluation mode

100 % of measurement should be in -6.0 % to 4.0 % deviation of the power frequency. Power supply voltage magnitude 95 % of measurement should be in -10.0 % to 10.0 % deviation of the nominal/declared supply voltage.

Any setting for user-defined evaluation mode

100 % of measurement should be in -15.0 % to 10.0 % deviation of the nominal/declared supply voltage. Flicker severity 95 % of measurement should be less than 1.0 Voltage unbalance 1) 95 % of measurement should be less than 2.0 %.

Any setting for user-defined evaluation mode

100 % of measurement should be less than 3.0 %. Subgroup Total Harmonic Distortion factor (THDS) 95 % of measurement should be less than 8.0 %.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

Any setting in % for userdefined evaluation mode

207

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 208 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Table 9-20

Report Configuration (cont.)

Voltage event interruptions

Any setting for user-defined evaluation mode

1. Short interruption until 1 second duration 2. Short interruption until 3 minute duration 3. Long interruption longer than 3 minute duration Harmonic voltages

Any setting for user-defined evaluation mode

Even harmonics Odd harmonics: multiples of 3 Odd harmonics: not multiples of 3 Mains signaling voltages 2)

Any setting for user-defined evaluation mode

Supply voltage should be in -15.0 % to +15.0 % deviation of the nominal/declared supply voltage 99.0 % of “YYY” Hz mains signaling voltage should be less than “xxx” % of the nominal/declared supply voltage 1)

According to EN 50160, up to 3 % unbalance can occur in 3-wire networks in areas with many 1-wire and 2-wire connections.

2)

The frequency “YYY” and limit “xxx” are based on the configured frequency.

NOTE The factory settings are based on EN 50160. If you have changed the settings, the set parameters are applied after a device restart. Resetting to the factory settings is possible.

208

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 209 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Changing the Report Configuration To change the report configuration, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window of the Recording and Reporting menu click Report configuration.

Figure 9-53

Configure Tab, Report Configuration Input/Output Window (Excerpt)

✧

Use the buttons to select the evaluation mode or enter the user-defined mode into the fields according to Table 9-20.

✧

After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).

✧

If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.

NOTE The chapter 9.4.2.4 describes the output of the power quality report.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

209

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 210 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.6.7 Recording Parameters and Power Quality Data Default Settings and Setting Ranges Table 9-21Reporting Parameters Parameter Start record option

Default Setting Start next 10th minute

Setting Range Start next minute Start next 10th minute Start immediately Start next hour Start next day

Start time

-

Display of the start time according to the settings of the Date/time format, see chapter 9.3.7.7.

Recording status

-

Not settable Recorder status display started or recorder stopped

Changing the Recording Parameters To change the recording parameter settings, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window of the Recording and Reporting menu click Recorders - Start/Stop.

Figure 9-54

Configure Tab, Recording Parameters Input/Output Window

✧

Select the parameter in the list box according to Table 9-21.

✧

After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).

✧

If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.

Depending on the parameterized Start record option, the Start time field shows the start time of the recording. After activation, the recording starts automatically at the specified time. If the Start immediately option is selected, the recording also only starts after activation. 210

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 211 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

After recording has started, the Recording status fields shows the entry Running. ✧

If you want to stop the recording, click on Stop recording and execute the activation. The Recording status field shows the entry Not running and Start recording is displayed on the user interface.

NOTE The restart of the record is carried out after a power failure automatically. The status will change from Not running to Running when user change and activate parameters.

Recording Power Quality Data When the device is started for the first time, it is necessary for the recording of power quality data that the Time synchronization of the device is set to the current time first. If the time is incorrect, the power quality measurements do not conform to the current time. Proceed as follows: ✧

Refresh the time via Ethernet NTP or Field bus in line with chapter 9.3.7.1 or with the device-internal clock in line with chapter 9.5.3.2.

✧

Configure all necessary parameters (for example, AC measurement, Communication) on the relevant tabs, except for the Recording parameters settings. When setting the parameters, make sure that the settings are consistent with each other (for example, setting of the flicker lamp model consistent with the primary nominal voltage).

✧

At last, parameterize the Recording parameters and activate the settings.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

211

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 212 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.6.8 Transient Detection Default Settings and Setting Ranges

Table 9-22

Transient Detection

Parameter

Default Setting

Transient reference level

110 %

Setting Range 110 % to 240 % of the nominal/declared supply voltage

Parameterizing the Transient Detection If you want to change the Transient reference level, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window of the Recording and Reporting menu, click the element Transient reference level.

Figure 9-55

Configure tab, transient reference level input/output window

✧

Change the parameter according to Table 9-22.

✧

After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).

✧

212

If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 213 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.7

Setting Administrative Parameters In the Configure tab you can view and if necessary edit the administrative settings. You can select the parameters in the Administrative menu in the navigation window. These parameters can be changed in the input/output windows: •

Time synchronization

•

Communication Ethernet

•

Communication serial

•

Modbus slave devices 1 to 8 (only if the Modbus RTU Master protocol has been selected)

•

SICAM subdevices

•

Device and language

•

Syslog

NOTE Observe the procedure for the device configuration described in chapter 9.3.1 when setting the administrative parameters.

9.3.7.1 Time Synchronization Default Settings and Setting Ranges of the Time Synchronization Table 9-23

Time Synchronization Settings Parameter

Source time synchronization

Default Setting Internal

Setting Range Acc. to list box (see chapter 16)

Time zone offset to UTC

+00:00

-12 to +13 (hours) (in increments of 0.5 h)

Daylight Saving Time switchover

yes

no yes

DST offset

+01:00

0 to + 2 (hours) (in increments of 0.5 h)

Start of DST

March Last week Sunday 02:00 AM

Acc. to list boxes

October Last week Sunday 03:00 AM

Acc. to list boxes

End of DST

(see chapter 16)

(see chapter 16)

Additional Parameters if the Source is Ethernet NTP (Modbus TCP and IEC 61850) Primary NTP server IP address

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

192.168.0.254

Any

213

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 214 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Table 9-23

Time Synchronization Settings (cont.) Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

Secondary NTP server IP address

192.168.0.253

Any No polling of the NTP server if 0.0.0.0 was entered

Error indication after

10 min

2 min to 120 min

Additional Parameter if the Source is Fieldbus (Modbus RTU and IEC 60870-5-103) Error indication after

10 min

2 min to 120 min

Parameterizing the Time Synchronization To change the time synchronization, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select the Administrative menu and click Time synchronization.

Figure 9-56

Configure Tab, Time Synchronization Input/Output Window, Ethernet NTP Selected

✧

Enter the desired values in the fields and select the parameters in the list boxes and in the option field as described in Table 9-23.

✧

After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).

✧

214

If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 215 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.7.2 Communication Ethernet Default Settings and Setting Ranges of the Communication Ethernet

Table 9-24

Communication Ethernet Settings Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

Communication Ethernet IP address 1)

192.168.0.55

Any 0.0.0.0 = DHCP

Subnet mask 1)

255.255.255.0

Any

Default gateway 1)

192.168.0.1

Any

Ethernet switch on

no

no yes

Enable SNMP

no

no yes

OPC UA PubSub (MQTT)

no

no yes

Bus protocol

Modbus TCP

-noneModbus TCP IEC 61850 Both

Protocol Modbus TCP Use a user-port number 2)

no

no yes

User-port number 2) (can only be set when Use a user-port number is parameterized with yes)

10 000

10 000 to 65 535

Access rights for user port (can only be set when Use a user-port number is parameterized with yes)

Full

Full Read only

Access rights for port 502

Full

Full Read only

Keep Alive time

10 s

0 s = switch off 1 s to 65 535 s

Communication supervision time

600 (* 100 ms)

0 s = none 100 ms to 6 553 400 ms

Modbus TCP/RTU Gateway (Condition: The Modbus RTU Master protocol must have been selected under serial communication.) SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

215

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 216 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Table 9-24

Communication Ethernet Settings (cont.) Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

Activated

no

no yes

Unit ID of this device

255

1 to 255

Retry limit 3)

2

0 to 10

Response timeout 3)

10 (* 10 ms)

(1 to 6000) * 10 ms = 10 ms to 60 s

Protocol IEC 61850 IED Name

SICAM_Q100_01

Max. 60 characters Only a to z, A to Z, _, 0 to 9 are permitted. The first character must be a letter.

Voltage - Dead band

5%

1 % to 5 %, in 1-% steps

Current - Dead band

5%

1 % to 5 %, in 1-% steps

Power - Dead band

5%

1 % to 5 %, in 1-% steps

Power factor - Dead band

5%

2 % to 5 %, in 1-% steps

Frequency - Dead band

0.05 %

0.02 % 0.05 %

1)

After the parameter changes have been enabled, the device will reset. After enabling the parameter changes, any currently active Modbus TCP connections will be closed. The Modbus TCP client must later reopen these connections. 3) These values are necessary if no Modbus slave device has been configured for the requested Unit ID. If a Modbus slave device was configured, its values are used. 2)

216

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 217 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.7.2.1

Parameterizing the Ethernet Communication with Modbus TCP Bus Protocol

General Settings Communication Ethernet To change the Ethernet communication settings, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, click the Administrative menu and then the element Communication Ethernet. Select the bus protocol Modbus TCP.

Figure 9-57 ✧

Configure Tab, Communication Ethernet via Modbus TCP Input/Output Window

Enter the desired values in the fields and select the parameters in the list boxes and in the option field as described in Table 9-24.

NOTE The enabling of SNMP via option Enable SNMP is only required if you want to save the SICAM Q.mib file and use it in a MIB browser. See also section If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters..

NOTE After changing the network settings and subsequent parameter activation the device will reset.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

217

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 218 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Settings Protocol Modbus ✧

Enter the desired values in the fields and select the parameters in the list boxes and in the option field as described in Table 9-24.

NOTE If you have selected no under Use a user-port number, you can adjust only the Access rights for user port 502, the Keep Alive time and the Communication supervision time parameters.

Figure 9-58

Protocol Modbus

Settings Modbus TCP/RTU Gateway

NOTE The Modbus TCP/RTU Gateway function requires that the Modbus RTU Master has been selected as serial protocol in addition; see chapter 9.3.7.3. To active Modbus TCP/RTU Gateway, proceed as follows: ✧

Select yes in Administrative -> Communication Ethernet -> Modbus TCP/RTU Gateway -> Activated.

Figure 9-59

Modbus TCP/RTU Gateway

✧

Enter the desired values into the fields (acc. to Table 9-24).

✧

After the parameterization click Send. After clicking Send, the parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of

218

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 219 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

parameters). ✧

If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.

NOTE The SNMP protocol is implemented in SICAM Q100 in order to be able to retrieve manufacturer-specific information. To retrieve information via SNMP, a MIB browser and the SICAM Q.mib file are required. The MIB browser allows the displaying of SNMP information objects and their content.

Download SNMP Device MIB File ✧

Select yes in the Enable SNMP option (Figure 9-57).

✧

In the Communication Ethernet input/output window, click Download SNMP device MIB file.

Figure 9-60 ✧

File Download Dialog Box

Click Save. The Save As dialog opens (9-11) and you can save the SICAM Q.mib file in any folder and use it in a MIB browser.

✧

After the parameterization click Send. After clicking Send, the parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).

✧

If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

219

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 220 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.7.2.2

Parameterizing the Ethernet Communication with IEC 61850 Bus Protocol ✧

In the Bus protocol list box select the entry IEC 61850. The Communication Ethernet input/output window with Protocol IEC 61850 opens.

Figure 9-61

Configure Tab, Communication Ethernet via IEC 61850 Input/Output Window

✧

Enter the desired values into the fields and select the parameter in the list boxes as described in Table 9-24.

✧

If several SICAM Q100 devices are used in the substation, change the name of the SICAM Q100 (factory setting SICAM_Q100_01) in the IED Name field. The name must be identical to the name which has been parameterized for this SICAM Q100 in the configurator of the substation.

✧

After the parameterization click Send. After clicking Send, the parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).

220

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 221 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

✧

If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.

Download ICD/IID Files You can download the following files (see Figure 9-61): •

An individual IID file which contains the data of the currently parameterized network type, for example, four-wire, any load (3P4W) This file has the file extension iid.

•

A compressed file which contains the ICD files of all available network types, for example, 1p2W, 3P3W2I, 3P3WI3. The compressed file has the file extension *.zip and its decompressed files have the file extension *.icd.

✧

Click Download IID file. The IID file with the data of the currently parameterized network type is downloaded to a folder which you selected.

✧

Click Download ICD.zip file. The ICD files of all available network types are downloaded in a .zip file to a folder which you selected.

NOTE If the operation indication Battery Failure appears, after you restart the device, the IID file will be updated. In this case, you must load the new IID file into your PQS.

No Ethernet Communication ✧

In the Bus protocol list box select the entry -none-. No Ethernet protocol is available in this case.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

221

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 222 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.7.3 OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) NOTE The protocol OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) is available in the firmware of SICAM Q100 V2.10 or higher and can only run on the SICAM Q100 devices with expanded memory.

Function Description The OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) protocol is used to: •

Provide users a flexible and mobile access to the data of protection, power quality, and control devices

•

Evaluate the data of protection, power quality, and control devices

The protocol is resolved in the following ways: •

Devices send data from different locations where data is built and stored to cloud services via an Internet connection.

•

You retrieve the grid diagnostic data via Internet in local control centers.

•

You use mobile applications for energy management, supervision, alert detection, and maintenance tasks.

This entire data flow of device interconnectivity (using standardized communication protocols), data access, and data evaluation via Internet is also called IoT (Internet of Things). The basic cloud services are supplied by a cloud-service provider, for example, Siemens MindSphere. Configuration via User Interface To change the settings of the protocol in the Configure tab, proceed as follows: ✧

222

Activate the Protocol OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) protocol by selecting yes in Configure -> Administrative -> Communication -> Protocol OPC UA PubSub (MQTT).

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 223 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

An additional menu item Protocol OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) appears in the navigation window.

Figure 9-62

✧

Activation of the OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) Protocol via the User Interface

Click Protocol OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) in the navigation window.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

223

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 224 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

The OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) Input/Output Window opens.

Figure 9-63

Configure Tab, Protocol OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) Input/Output Window

Default Settings and Setting Ranges of the Protocol OPC UA PubSub (MQTT)

Table 9-25

Protocol OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

Broker and network Broker IP address or host name

mqtt.eu 1-b.mindsphere.io

Any IP address or host-name string (maximum 128 characters)

Topic name 1)

c/{ClientID}/o/opcua/ {VersionMS}/u/ {Meas:d|File:d|Meta:m}

Any (maximum 128 characters)

DNS server IP address

0.0.0.0

Any IP address Data transmission

224

Harmonics voltage 2)

yes

yes no

Harmonics current 2)

yes

yes no

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 225 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

Harmonics power 2)

yes

yes no

Energy counters 2)

yes

yes no

Energy counters transmit cycle

1 min

1 min to 1440 min

1)

Use the template value shown as default in the Topic name for the connection with MindSphere. The parts in curly brackets are filled internally at startup.

2)

Refer to the manual OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) Data Points to identify the individual data points.

✧

Enter the desired values into the fields and select the corresponding parameters in the list boxes as described in Table 9-25. In the Data transmission section, you can select whether the data groups are transmitted via the OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) or not. The following data are always transmitted:

    ✧

Indications operational measured values flicker, security counters the asset information files

After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).

✧

If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.

Upload Certificates You can click Upload certificates to upload the keys and certificates which are needed to establish a secure

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

225

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 226 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

communication to the OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) broker.

Figure 9-64

Upload Certificates

You can upload an archive file in PCKS#12 format (*.p12 file) and an associated *.pin file with the password. The *.p12 file contains the following key and certificates: •

The certificate of the CA which generates the client certificate and the private key

•

The client certificate

•

The client private key

The broker CA certificate must be uploaded as DER file (*.der) or as PEM file (*.pem). The broker CA and the CA to generate the client certificate and the client private key can be different in the following case: •

You have your own Certificate Authority installed;

•

You use the installed Certificate Authority to generate the key material for the device.

The CA certificate in the *.p12 file may be empty in the following case: •

The client certificate and the client private key are created from the cloud service provider;

•

The CA for generating the client key material is the same as the broker CA.

The information above the Upload certificates button indicates whether there is a certificate or not and shows the

226

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 227 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

date and time when the certificates are uploaded. If no certificate exists in the device, no connection to the broker can be established.

Figure 9-65

Information above Upload Certificates

NOTE The Q100 device cannot connect to the OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) broker in any of the following cases: • The date and time of the device are not synchronized. •

The security certificates and time stamps have expired.

Therefore, you must check the date and time of the device to ensure that they are synchronized, for example, by selecting Information -> Show device information.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

227

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 228 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Mapping File

Figure 9-66

Mapping File

Mapping Export Click Mapping export to export the configuration of measured-value data points as a mapping file in the CSV format.

228

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 229 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

The mapping file can be opened in a spreadsheet program. The following figure shows an example:

Figure 9-67

Example of Mapping File

The mapping file includes 6 columns, see the following table: Table 9-26

Columns in the Mapping File

Column

Value

Description

Name

Fixed

Name of the data point in IEC 61850 compatible syntax. Note that the prefix for 10/12 cycles values (refer to Table 927) is always shown even when the data point is configured as an aggregated value. If there are phase-related data points (for example, phsA, phsB, phsC for PhV), only the first data point is shown and the configured values for phsA are automatically taken over as the data points for the other phases.

Unit

Fixed

The unit of the measured value

Transmit [0,1]

0 1

0 = not transmitted 1 = transmitted This column shows whether the data point is transmitted or not.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

229

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 230 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Table 9-26

Columns in the Mapping File

Column

Value

Description

Threshold [%]

Point value

The threshold value in percentage 1) Only available for non-aggregated values

Zero-point [Unit] 2)

Point value

Zero-point suppression value in unit Only available for non-aggregated values

Aggregate [0,1]

0 1

0 = 10/12 cycle RMS values 1 = aggregated values This column shows whether the data point is published as aggregated values or as 10/12 cycle RMS values with threshold processing.

1)

The threshold value in unit depends on the last value transmitted to the MQTT broker.

2)

If the last transmitted value is 0, a measured-value change is transmitted immediately with a fixed zeropoint suppression value.

Table 9-27

Prefixes of the Names for Different Values Value Type

Prefix

Operational and harmonic values 10/12 cycle RMS values

PQA0

Aggregated values

PQA2

Minimum values

MIN_PQA2

Maximum values

MAX_PQA2

Frequency Aggregated values

PQA4

Minimum values

MIN_PQA2

Maximum values

MAX_PQA2

Threshold For the transmission of 10/12 cycle RMS values and harmonics, a threshold processing is executed based on the following thresholds and method:

230

•

The thresholds related to the last transmitted value

•

A combined fixed and integrated threshold method

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 231 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

The default values of thresholds are defined and assigned to the measured values as shown in Table 2-3. You can change the assignment in the mapping file, see Figure 9-67. Table 9-28

Default Values of Thresholds for Operation Values and Harmonics

Group

Descriptions

Threshold

AC voltage

Threshold value for voltages (Vx, Vxy)

5 % (of the last transmitted value)

AC current

Threshold value for currents (Ix, Ixy)

5 % (of the last transmitted value)

Power

Threshold value for power values (P, Q, S)

5 % (of the last transmitted value)

Power factor

Threshold value for power-factor values

5 % (of the last transmitted value)

Frequency

Threshold value for frequencies

0.05 % (of the last transmitted value)

Percentage value

Threshold value for percentage values (Neg. seq. comp., Zero seq. comp., THDR)

5 % (of the last transmitted value)

Voltage harmonics

Threshold value for voltage harmonics

5 % (of the last transmitted value)

Current harmonics

Threshold value for current harmonics

5 % (of the last transmitted value)

Harmonics power

Threshold value for harmonics power

5 % (of the last transmitted value)

The threshold processing uses a combination of the following methods: •

Fixed If the difference percentage is larger than the configured threshold (in positive direction or negative direction), a measured value is immediately transmitted.

  •

The difference percentage = (Current value - last transmitted value)/last transmitted value

Integrated If the rolling difference percentage exceeds the configured threshold, a measured value is transmitted.

 

The configured integration interval (5 s or its multiplies) decides when the measured value is transmitted. The following list shows examples.

 

If the percentage of the measured-value change is in the configured threshold, a change of the measured value is transmitted after 5 s. If the percentage of the measured-value change is twice the configured threshold, a change of the measured value is transmitted after 10 s.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

231

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 232 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

If the last transmitted value is 0, a measured-value change is transmitted immediately as a fixed zero-point suppression value, see the following table. Table 9-29

Default Zero-Point Suppression Group

Zero-Point Suppression [Unit]

Measured values except percentage values

0.005

Measured values, percentage values

0.100

Voltage harmonic values

0.040

Current harmonic values

0.040

Harmonic power values

0.040

Energy values are transmitted via MQTT as counter pulses. Additionally, in the OPC UA data unit, a conversion factor Energy per counter pulse is contained in each transmission. To calculate the primary value (energy value), the counter pulses must be multiplied with the conversion factor: Primary value = number of counter pulses ꞏ pulse quantities 60 000 counter pulses per hour are recorded when Vrated and Irated are applied to the device. Aggregate There are some restrictions when changing the value in the column Aggregate: •

For operational measured values, you can select 0 (10/12 cycle RMS values) or 1 (aggregated values) for each measured value.

•

For voltage and current harmonics, you can select 0 (10/12 cycle RMS values) or 1 (aggregated values) for all harmonic values as a group. It is not allowed to have mixed selections for different harmonics values.

•

For the harmonics power, only the 10/12 cycle RMS value is transmitted. The column Aggregate is ignored.

•

For phase-related measured values, you can select 0 (10/12 cycle RMS values) or 1 (aggregated values) for the measured values of phase A, and the selection applies to all the other phase-related values.

If you select 0 in the column Aggregate, the 10/12 cycle RMS values are transmitted. If you select 1 (aggregated values), in addition to the average value, the following values are also transmitted: •

For operational values, the associated minimum values and the maximum operational values are transmitted.

•

For harmonic values, the associated maximum values are transmitted.

You can configure the aggregation interval in Configure -> Recording and reporting -> Recording parameters, see chapter 9.3.6.3.

NOTE All average, minimum, and maximum values are transmitted every time the aggregation interval expires no matter whether they have changed or not. The time stamps of all aggregated values are identical and identify the end time of the last aggregation interval.

232

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 233 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Mapping Import ✧

Click Mapping import to import the changed configuration of measured-value data points. An information appears on the user interface to show whether the mapping file is successfully imported or not. If the import is successful, the mapping file is stored permanently in the device and the adapted values immediately take effect. You do not need to activate the configuration. The existing MQTT communication connection is closed and a new connection to the MQTT broker is established with the adapted data range from the imported file.

Default Mapping ✧

Click Default mapping to delete the imported mapping file. The transmission of measured values is set to default as follows:

  

Transmit all measured values Transmit all measured values as aggregated values Set the default values for thresholds and the zero-point suppression.

If there is no mapping file imported in the device, the button Default mapping is disabled.

NOTE Siemens recommends selecting yes for all harmonic data groups in Configure -> Administrative -> Communication -> Analog inputs calibration -> Mapping file before exporting the mapping file. If you need to change the settings of measured values, change them in the exported mapping file.

Publisher ID Within each sent MQTT telegram, the MQTT publisher identifies itself with a publisher ID string. The publisher ID used by the Q100 device is assembled in the following format: Publisher ID string = Device type_Order number_Device nName_Serial number Example: Q100_7KG9501_NSHV-B2_BF1702131010 See the following table for the specific description: Table 9-30

Publisher ID

Name

Description

Remark

Device type

Q100

Fixed, not configurable

Order number

First 7 numbers of the device order number

Fixed, not configurable

Device name

Customer-specific device name

Configurable

Serial number

Unique serial number of the device

Fixed, not configurable

Time Synchronization A valid synchronized date and time in the device is necessary for the MQTT protocol. If the date and time of the device is not synchronized or is invalid, the SICAM Q100 cannot connect to the MQTT broker for the following reasons: •

The expiration time of the security certificates must be checked once the connection starts.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

233

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 234 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

•

The time stamp of the transmitted data must be valid so that the MQTT broker can analyze the data properly later.

Siemens recommends using NTP for time synchronization. Indication of Communication OK An internal indication Communication OK is available in the operational log, the LED assignment, or a binary output. This indication means the connection between the device and the MQTT broker is successfully established. It can be used as an input of a group indication.

234

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 235 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.7.4 Communication Serial via RS485 Interface Default Settings and Setting Ranges of the Communication Serial

Table 9-31

Communication Serial Settings Parameter

Bus protocol

Default Setting Modbus RTU

Setting Range -noneModbus RTU Modbus RTU Master

Bus Protocol Modbus RTU (Slave) Device address

1

1 to 247

Baud rate

19 200 bit/s

Acc. to list box (see chapter 16)

Parity

Even

Acc. to list box (see chapter 16)

Access rights

Full

Full Read only

Communication supervision time

600 * 100 ms

0 s = none 100 ms to 6 553 400 ms

Bus Protocol Modbus RTU Master Baud rate

19 200 bit/s

Acc. to list box (see chapter 16)

Parity

Even

Acc. to list box (see chapter 16)

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

235

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 236 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Table 9-31

Communication Serial Settings (cont.) Parameter

Additional inter-character timeout

Default Setting 1 ms

Setting Range 0 ms to 100 ms The Modbus specification requires that the individual characters of a serial Modbus RTU telegram have to be transmitted successively with a maximum character gap of 1.5 character times (or max. 750 µs for Baud rates >19 200 bit/s). Longer silent intervals between the characters are interpreted as telegram end. A longer gap between the characters can be tolerated with this parameter. Note that this also causes longer cycle times then. If at least one SICAM P50 device is connected to the bus, at least the following values have to be set for Additional character string time: 1200 bit/s, 2400 bit/s: 0 4800 bit/s, 9600 bit/s: 2 19 200 bit/s: 3 38 400 bit/s: 4 57 600 bit/s, 115 200 bit/s: 6

Maximum 0x/1x register gap

40

0 to 200

Maximum 3x/4x register gap

10

Maximum number of not-mapped registers which are being requested between mapped registers in one request telegram.

The Modbus RTU Master bus protocol must be selected both for Modbus Master and for the Modbus Gateway function.

236

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 237 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Parameterizing the Serial Communication with Modbus RTU (Slave) or Modbus RTU Master To change the serial communication settings, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select the Administrative menu and click Communication serial. The Communication serial input/output window opens.

✧

In the list box select Bus protocol. If you select -none-, no protocol will be available. Click Send in this case.

Figure 9-68

Configure Tab, Communication Serial via Modbus RTU Input/Output Window

Figure 9-69

Configure Tab, Communication Serial via Modbus RTU Master Input/Output Window

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

237

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 238 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

✧

Enter the desired values into the fields and select the corresponding parameters in the list boxes as described in Table 9-31.

✧

After the parameterization click Send. After clicking Send, the parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).

✧

238

If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 239 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.7.5 Modbus Slave Devices 1-8 For the correct functioning of the Modbus RTU Master, the Modbus RTU Master must know all Modbus slave devices which are connected to the RS485 interface and the data which the devices must read must have been defined. See also System Manual SICAM Q100, chapter 2.

NOTE Modbus slave devices can only be parameterized if you selected the communication protocol Modbus RTU Master. You can parameterize up to 8 Modbus slave devices. They can be selected in the 2 groups Modbus slave devices 1-4 and Modbus slave devices 5-8. The parameterization of the 8 Modbus slave devices is identical and described only for the Modbus slave device 1 in the following.

NOTE The parameterization sequences for the Modbus RTU Master and the Modbus Gateway are described in detail in chapter 9.8.

9.3.7.5.1

Basic Settings

Default Settings and Setting Ranges of the Modbus Slave Device 1

Table 9-32

Settings of the Modbus slave device 1 Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

Name

Modbus slave device 1

Max. 31 characters

Activated

no

no yes (= Activation of the option field): The buttons for parameterization of the mapping data are also activated for the slave device here.

Device address/Unit ID

1

(Modbus slave device address)

1 to 247 Address corresponds to the Unit ID in the Modbus TCP telegram with simultaneous use of the Modbus Gateway function.

Response timeout

10 (*10 ms)

1 to 6000 * 10 ms (10 ms to 60 s)

Retry limit

2

0 to 10 (0 = no request retries) Number of request retries after expiration of Response timeout before a communication error for the Modbus slave is identified.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

239

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 240 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Table 9-32

Settings of the Modbus slave device 1 Parameter

Scan cycle for measured values

Default Setting 50 (* 10 ms)

Setting Range 0 to 36 0000 * 10 ms (10 ms to 1 h) 0 = each request cycle Minimum time difference between the measured-value requests.

Scan cycle for indications

0 (* 10 ms)

0 to 36 0000 * 10 ms (10 ms to 1 h) 0 = each request cycle Minimum time difference between the indication requests.

Scan cycle on error

5s

1 to 3600 s ( 1 s to 1 h) Retry cycle for sending request telegrams if the retry limits are exceeded or in the case of error responses.

Buttons: Import Export Measured values 1-8 and 9-15 Indications Commands

240

inactive

The buttons in the Mapping columns are only activated if the option Activated = yes has been set. The functions of the buttons are described in the chapters 8.3.7.4.2 to 8.3.7.4.5.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 241 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Parameterizing a Modbus Slave Device If you want to change the settings of a Modbus slave device (for example, Modbus slave device 1), proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, click the Administrative menu and the menu item Modbus slave devices 1-4 or Modbus slave devices 5-8.

Figure 9-70

Configure tab, Modbus slave devices input/output window, device 1 activated

✧

Activate the device 1.

✧

In the Parameter fields, enter the desired values according to Table 9-32.

✧

In the Mapping columns, select the settings/activities which have been assigned to the buttons. The function of the buttons is described in the chapters 8.3.7.4.2 to 8.3.7.4.5..

✧

After the parameterization click Send. After clicking Send, the parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).

✧

If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

241

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 242 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.7.5.2

Mapping – Measured Values 1-15 At Measured values 1-8 and Measured values 9-15, the measured values are defined which are read by a selected Modbus slave device.

Default Settings and Setting Ranges of the Modbus Slave Device 1 Table 9-33

Settings for assignment of the measured values of the Modbus slave device 1 Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

Name

MV x Slv 1 (x = 1 to 15)

Max. 31 characters 1)

Unit

Multiplier: Unit: -none-

Acc. to list box

Note on frequency measured values:

(see chapter 16) Selecting a multiplier for the following units is not recommended and will be rejected: -none° °C °F %

If a frequency measured value (unit: Hz) has been parameterized without a multiplier (multiplier: -), an additional check is made whether the resulting value is in the range of 15 Hz to 65 Hz. Measured values outside this range are marked as invalid. Register type

-none-

-noneInput registers Holding registers For -none-, the assignment is ignored and the corresponding measured value cannot be selected for other functions.

Data format on bus

Float32 (2 registers)

Float32 (2 registers) Int16 (1 register) Int16_Ung8000h (1 register) UInt16 (1 register) UInt32 (2 registers)

Register number

1

1 to 65 535

Scaling factor

1.000

Any float value 0.00: resulting measured value = 0.00

(see also Table 9-34.)

1)

242

If the name is also to be displayed on the device display without text overlappings, Siemens recommends using max. 10 characters.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 243 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Table 9-34

Data Format on Bus

Data Format on Bus

Description

Setting Range

Invalid recognition

Used by (example)

Float32 (2 registers)

IEEE Float value

-1038 to +1038

NaN = invalid INF = overflow

SENTRON PAC3x00, SICAM AI 7XV5674, SICAM T 7KG966, SICAM P50 7KG775

Int16 (1 register)

16-bit signed integer

- 32 768 to +32 768

none

SENTRON 3WL/3VL SICAM P50 7KG775

Int16_Ung8000h (1 register)

16-bit signed integer

-32768 bis +32768

-32768 (8000h) = invalid

SIPROTEC 4

UInt16 (1 register)

16-bit integer, 0

0 to +65 535

none

SENTRON 3WL/3VL

UInt32 (2 registers)

32-bit integer, 0

0 to +4 294 967 295

none

SIPROTEC 4, SENTRON 3WL/3VL

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

243

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 244 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Parameterizing the Measured Values of a Modbus Slave Device If you want to change the settings of the measured values of a Modbus slave device (for example, Modbus slave device 1), proceed as follows: ✧

Click Measured values 1-8 or Measured values 9-15.

Figure 9-71

Measured Values 1-8

✧

In the list boxes, select the parameters according to Table 8-24 and Table 8-25. Enter the desired values in the fields.

✧

After the parameterization click Send. After clicking Send, the parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).

✧

244

If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 245 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.7.5.3

Mapping – Indications At Indications, the indications are defined which are read by a selected Modbus slave device.

Default Settings and Settings of the Modbus Slave Device 1 Table 9-35

Settings for assignment of the indications of the Modbus slave device 1 Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

Name

Indication x Slv 1 (x = 1 to 6)

Max. 31 characters

Register type

-none-

-noneCoil status registers Input status registers Input registers Holding registers For -none-, the assignment is ignored and the corresponding indication cannot be selected for other functions.

Data format on bus

1 Bit

1 Bit 1 Bit in UInt32

Register number

1

1 to 65 535

Bit offset (only relevant for register types Input register or Holding register)

0

0 to 15 (for Data format 1 Bit) 0 to 31 (for Data format 1 Bit in UInt32)

(see also Table 9-36.)

Table 9-36

Data format on Bus

Data Format on Bus

Description

Setting Range

Invalid recognition

Used by (example)

1 Bit

1 bit (for all register types; additionall select Bit offset for Input register and Holding register)

0 = of 1 = on

none

SICAM P50 7KG775, SENTRON 3WL/3VL, SIPROTEC4

1 Bit in UInt32

1 bit in 2 successive Input registers or Holding registers which have to be read together.

0 = of 1 = on

none

SENTRON PAC3x00

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

245

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 246 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Parameterizing the Indications of a Modbus Slave Device If you want to change the settings of the indications of a Modbus slave device (for example, Modbus slave device 1), proceed as follows: ✧

Click the button Indications..

Figure 9-72

Indications 1-6

✧

In the list boxes, select the parameters according to Table 8-26 and Table 8-27. Enter the desired values in the fields.

✧

After the parameterization click Send. After clicking Send, the parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).

✧

246

If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 247 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.7.5.4

Mapping – Export Several Modbus slave devices of the same type can be connected to SICAM Q100. This is the case, for example, if feeders that are configured identically exist in a substation. These devices frequently read the same data then. You can use the export function of the device to export the configuration of a Modbus slave device (for example, Modbus slave device 1) which is parameterized in SICAM Q100 to the connected PC. After that, you can import this configuration from the PC either into this SICAM Q100 (for example, Modbus slave device 3) or into other SICAM Q100 devices. ✧

Click the button Export. The input/output window Modbus RTU master displays the Modbus slave device and the dialog File download.

Figure 9-73 ✧

Export

In the dialog File download, click Save or Open.

File download -> Save ✧

In the dialog File download, click Save. The Save in: dialog opens.

✧

Select the file path.

✧

Use the file name suggested in the File name: list box or enter a new file name with the file extension .txt.

✧

Click Save. The Download complete dialog opens.

✧

In the dialog Download complete, click Close.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

247

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 248 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

File download -> Open Alternatively, you can view the information on the screen and print them if needed. Proceed as follows: ✧

In the File download dialog, click Open. A text editor opens which contains the mapping information on the Modbus slave device (CLIENT MAPPING INFORMATION (see following section)).

✧

On the menu bar of the text editor, click File -> Print....

✧

Select the desired printer in the Print dialog and click Print. The list is printed on the connected printer.

✧

Close the text editor.

CLIENT MAPPING INFORMATION The CLIENT MAPPING INFORMATION is created as a text file when the export function is triggered. The following example shows a configuration with 3 measured values and 3 indications. Configuration of measured values:

Figure 9-74

248

Configuration of 3 Measured Values (example)

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 249 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Configuration of indications:

Figure 9-75

Configuration of 3 indications (example)

Created CLIENT MAPPING INFORMATION from the 3 measured values and indications each as text file:

Figure 9-76

Resulting CLIENT MAPPING INFORMATION (example)

The following table contains the description of the labels in the text file:

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

249

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 250 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Description and setting ranges of the parameters in the text file: Table 9-37

Description and setting ranges of the parameters in the text file.

Label

Measured Quantity (MV) Indication (I)

Description

Setting Range

MT

MV

Mapping Type (Data type)

MEASURAND INDICATION

DS

MV, I

Description

String with max. 31 characters

Name of the associated data object

Longer strings are cut at 31 characters during import.

Register number

1 to 65 535

RN

MV, I

(within the selected register type RT) RT

MV, I

Register type

0x0 – Coil status register 0x1 – Input status register 0x3 – Input register 0x4 – Holding register

OF

I

Bit offset

0 to 15 (for FT = 1BIT)

(for INDICATION in Holding registers)

0 to 31 (for FM = 1BITINUINT32)

Data format

For MEASURAND: FLT32, INT16, UINT16, UINT32, INT16INV7FFF and INT16INV8000

FM

MV, I

For INDICATION: 1BIT, 1BITINUINT32

250

SC

MV

Scaling factor for MEASURAND

Arbitrary float value

UN

MV

Unit-multiplier for MEASURAND

1: dimensionless 2: Meter 3: kg 4: s 5: A 23: °C 29: V 33: Hz 38: W 39: Pa 41: m2 42: m3 61: VA 63: var 64: ° 71: VAh 72: Wh 73: varh 75: % 76: °F

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 251 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Table 9-37 Label

ML

9.3.7.5.5

Description and setting ranges of the parameters in the text file. Measured Quantity (MV) Indication (I) MV

Description

Factor (Unit multiplier) for measuring value

Setting Range

-3: milli (m) -2: centi (c) -1: deci (d) 0: no multiplier 2: hecto (h) 3: kilo (k) 6: Mega (M) 9: Giga (G)

Mapping – Import ✧

Click the button Import.

Figure 9-77 ✧

Import

Click Browse.... The File Download dialog opens.

✧

Select the desired file (extension .txt) in the directory.

✧

In the tab, click Open. The information of the text file is applied by SICAM Q100 and interpreted in the passive parameter set. In the case of faulty data, an error message is entered in the error log, see chapter 9.2.7.3.

NOTE If you have activated the option in your web browser to transfer the local directory name together with the file name when uploading files, then the total number of characters in the directory and file names may not exceed 100 english characters. Otherwise, the .txt file in your device will not be updated.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

251

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 252 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.7.6 SICAM Subdevices The internal Ethernet switch and a Y cable or an external Ethernet switch can be used to connect up to 2 subdevices of the type SICAM I/O Unit 7XV5673 to SICAM Q100. The communication takes place with the Modbus UDP protocol. For further information and connection examples, refer to the System Manual SICAM Q100, chapter 2.

9.3.7.6.1

SICAM Subdevice – Parameterization in SICAM Q100

Default Settings and Settings of the SICAM Subdevices Table 9-38

Settings of the SICAM Subdevices

Parameter/Indications

Default Setting

Subdevice 1

-none-

Subdevice 2

No further indications are displayed.

Setting Range -noneSICAM IO

Subdevice 1 Server IP address

192.168.0.56

any (different from IP address of subdevice 2 and in the same subnet as SICAM Q100)

Server port

51 000

10 000 to 65 535

Response timeout

3 (* 10 ms)

10 ms to 60 000 ms 0 ms = invalid

Parameter: Source of output 1-N

Indication 3 from Remote

Parameter: see chapter 16

Indication: Input 1-N

Binary inp. 1-N SICAM IO 1

Indication: any, max. 31 characters

Parameter: Source of output 2-N

Indication 4 from Remote

Indication: Input 2-N

Binary inp. 2-N SICAM IO 1

Parameter: Source of output 3-N

Indication 5 from Remote

Indication: Input 3-N

Binary inp. 3-N SICAM IO 1

Parameter: Source of output 1-P

Indication 6 from Remote

Indication: Input 1-P

Binary inp. 1-P SICAM IO 1

Parameter: Source of output 2-P

Indication 7 from Remote

Indication: Input 2-P

Binary inp. 2-P SICAM IO 1

Parameter: Source of output 3-P

Indication 8 from Remote

Indication: Input 3-P

Binary inp. 3-P SICAM IO 1

Parameter Source of output: Selection which indication is transmitted from SICAM Q100 to the binary output of the SICAM I/O Unit 7XV5673. Indication Input: Designation of the indication which shows the status of the binary input of SICAM I/O Unit 7XV5673.

Subdevice 2

252

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 253 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Table 9-38

Settings of the SICAM Subdevices (cont.)

Parameter/Indications

Default Setting

Setting Range

Server IP address

192.168.0.57

any (different from IP address of subdevice 1 and in the same subnet as SICAM Q100)

Server port

51 000

10 000 to 65 535

Response timeout

3 (* 10 ms)

10 ms to 60 000 ms 0 ms = invalid

Parameter: Source of output 1-N

Indication 9 from Remote

Parameter: see chapter 16

Indication: Input 1-N

Binary inp. 1-N SICAM IO 2

Indication: any, max. 31 characters

Parameter: Source of output 2-N

Indication 10 from Remote

Indication: Input 2-N

Binary inp. 2-N SICAM IO 2

Parameter: Source of output 3-N

Indication 11 from Remote

Indication: Input 3-N

Binary inp. 3-N SICAM IO 2

Parameter: Source of output 1-P

Indication 12 from Remote

Indication: Input 1-P

Binary inp. 1-P SICAM IO 2

Parameter: Source of output 2-P

Indication 13 from Remote

Indication: Input 2-P

Binary inp. 2-P SICAM IO 2

Parameter: Source of output 3-P

Indication 14 from Remote

Indication: Input 3-P

Binary inp. 3-P SICAM IO 2

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

Parameter Source of output: Selection which indication is transmitted from SICAM Q100 to the binary output of the SICAM I/O Unit 7XV5673. Indication Input: Designation of the indication which shows the status of the binary input of SICAM I/O Unit 7XV5673.

253

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 254 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Parameterizing a SICAM Subdevice in SICAM Q100 If you want to change the settings of a SICAM subdevice (for example, Subdevice 1: SICAM IO), proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, click the Administrative menu and the menu item SICAM subdevices. The SICAM subdevices input/output window opens.

✧

In the Subdevice 1 list box, select the entry SICAM IO. If you select -none- , no entries exist for the subdevice.

Figure 9-78 ✧

Configure Tab, SICAM Subdevices Input/Output Window

In the list boxes, select the respective indication according to Table 8-29. Enter the desired values in the fields.

NOTE Indication 1 from remote and Indication 2 from remote are provided for controlling the two binary outputs of the SICAM Q100. Therefore, Indication 3 from remote is the first assigned indication as Source of output of the SICAM subdevices. ✧

After the parameterization click Send. After clicking Send, the parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).

✧

254

If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 255 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters. The factory settings of the Source of output x parameters are controllable indications, for example, Indication 3 from Remote, and can be controlled via the Modbus TCP or IEC 61850 protocols. You can also parameterize an internal indication from SICAM Q100 in the list boxes. If one or two SICAM I/O Units have been selected as subdevices, the indications on the status of the binary inputs of these devices are also available in the group indications (see chapter 8.3.3.2.2), the indications of the LEDs (see chapter 8.3.3.1.4), and the indications of the binary outputs (chapter 8.3.3.1.3).

9.3.7.6.2

Parameter Settings of the SICAM I/O Unit 7XV5673 (Subdevice) NOTE A detailed description of all parameter settings of the SICAM I/O Unit 7XV5673 and a description of that device is given in the Device Manual, order number E50417-H1040-C484.

Settings of the Ethernet Communication of the SICAM I/O Unit Table 9-39

Settings of the Ethernet Communication in the SICAM I/O Unit Subdevice

Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

IP address

At IP address, enter the same IP address as in SICAM Q100  I/O Unit subdevice under Server IP address. SICAM Q100 and SICAM I/O Unit must have different IP addresses.

Subnet mask

255.255.255.0

Identical to the subnet mask of the SICAM Q100

Default gateway

192.168.0.1

Any

Ethernet switch on

no

Activation of the second port of the internal Ethernet switch

Bus protocol/Operating mode

I/O Mirror server

You must select I/O Mirror Server for connection to the SICAM Q100.

Operating Mode I/O Mirror Server Port number

51 000

Communication supervision time

8 (*10 ms)

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

Port number for the Ethernet communication between SICAM Q100 and SICAM I/O Unit –

255

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 256 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

If you have connected a SICAM I/O Unit as subdevice at the SICAM Q100 and want to change the settings at the subdevice, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window of the SICAM I/O Unit, click the Administrative menu and then Communication Ethernet.

Figure 9-79

Communication Settings in the SICAM I/O Unit if the Device is Connected to a SICAM Q100

✧

Enter the values in the fields according to Table 9-39 and select Operating mode I/O Mirror server from the list box.

✧

After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).

✧

256

If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 257 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Settings for Binary Outputs in the SICAM I/O Unit Table 9-40

Settings of the Binary Outputs in the SICAM I/O Unit Subdevice Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

Indication (can be set individually for all relay outputs)

-none-

See Device Manual SICAM I/O Unit 7XV5673

Source inverted (can be set individually for all relay outputs)

no

no yes

Operating mode (can be set individually for all relay outputs)

Persistent

See Device Manual SICAM I/O Unit 7XV5673

To change the outputs of a binary output, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select the Operational parameters menu, then the Process connections submenu and click Binary outputs.

Figure 9-80

Configure Tab, Binary Outputs of SICAM I/O Unit Input/Output Window

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

257

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 258 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Checking Additional Settings in the SICAM I/O Unit Subdevice Binary Inputs ✧

Check the Threshold voltage and Software filter time settings of the binary inputs:

Figure 9-81 ✧

Binary Inputs of SICAM I/O Unit

Check the time synchronization settings and select preferably Ethernet NTP as the source of time synchronization, if available.

Communication indication If data are exchanged correctly between SICAM Q100 and the SICAM I/O Unit, the indication I/O Mirror server OK is set to ON in the SICAM I/O Unit.

258

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 259 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.7.6.3

Commissioning Notes If the SICAM I/O Unit subdevices are connected correctly to the SICAM Q100, the Ethernet communication parameters are set correctly in both devices (the SICAM Q100 and the SICAM I/O Unit), and communication interruptions still occur (sporadically) then the communication supervision times have to be adapted. Higher network load or use of different communication features simultaneously in the device may be the reason for the communication interruptions. In this case, increase the communication supervision times in the devices as follows:

NOTE The parameters Response timeout in the SICAM Q100 (see table 9-38) and Communication supervision time in the SICAM I/O Unit subdevices (see table 9-39) must always be changed together. If two SICAM I/O Unit subdevices are used then the Response timeouts for both devices have to be set identically. Calculation The relationship of the supervision times in the SICAM Q100 and the SICAM I/O Unit results from: ResponseTimeout [ms] £ (CommunicationSupervisionTime [ms] - 20 [ms]) / 2 Or in reverse order: CommunicationSupervisionTime [ms] ³ (2 * ResponseTimeout [ms]) + 20 [ms] Parameterization Example ✧

Change the Communication supervision time in the SICAM I/O Unit to 200 ms for the reasons mentioned above (ref. to chapter 9.3.7.6.2.) According to the formulas above a Response timeout of 90 ms is calculated.

✧

Change the parameter in the SICAM Q100 for example to: Response timeout = 60 ms (ref. to chapter 9.3.7.6.1)

NOTE Note that the communication supervision times are entered in the user interface (HMI) in multiples of 10 ms. For the example above enter the values 20 for the Communication supervision time in the SICAM I/O Unit and 6 for a Response timeout in the SICAM Q100.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

259

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 260 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.7.7 Device and Language Default Settings and Setting Ranges for Device and Language

Table 9-41

Device and Language Settings

Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

Device name

SICAM_xxx

Max. 31 characters Only a to z, A to Z, -, _, spacing, ., 0-9, Ü, ü, Ä, ä, Ö, ö, ß are permitted.

Language

ENGLISH (US)

ENGLISH (US) User language acc. to preselection of user language: DEUTSCH (DE) or CHINESE (CN)

Date/time format

YYYY-MM-DD, Time with 24 hours

Acc. to list box (see chapter 16)

User language preselection

DEUTSCH (DE)

DEUTSCH (DE) CHINESE (CN)

NOTE However, if the user interface stays on pages with the following remark at the right bottom, you must log out manually: Page will refresh automatically, please log out manually if needed.

260

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 261 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

To change the settings of device and language, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select the Administrative menu and click Device and language.

Figure 9-82

Configure Tab, Device and Language Input/Output Window

✧

Select the desired parameters in the list box according to Table 9-41.

✧

Change the passwords if necessary.

✧

If necessary, change the user language (see below).

✧

After the parameterization click Send. After clicking Send, the parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).

✧

If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.

Changing the User Language Preselection The user language can be preset, for example when starting the User Interface for the first time (see chapter 9.2.1). DEUTSCH is set by default.

NOTE If you change the user language, the device will restart after pressing the Send button and subsequently activating the settings. To change the user language, proceed as follows: ✧

Select the user language of the User Interface in the User language preselection list box.

✧

Click the Send button. The message "User language was changed, automatic restart shall take place after Activation!" is displayed in red on the status bar.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

261

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 262 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

✧

Activate the device configuration as described in “Activating the Set of Parameters”. After the activation, the Language list box in the upper part of the input/output window shows the standard language ENGLISH (US) and the selected user language.

NOTE You can also change individual parameters in the Device and language input/output window and apply them by clicking the Send button.

262

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 263 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.7.8 Syslog In addition to showing audit logs in the Maintenance tab via the user interface, the device supports transmitting the audit logs to a central log server using Syslog. Syslog is a well-established internationally implemented standard for message logging. Syslog allows the separation of the following: •

The software that generates messages

•

The system that stores messages

•

The software that reports and analyzes messages

Computer system designers can use Syslog for system management and security auditing as well as general informational, analysis, and debugging messages. Various devices, such as printers, routers, and message receivers across many platforms use the Syslog standard. For example, a Q100 device works as a device and a Kiwi Syslog service manager works as a receiver.

9.3.7.8.1

Basic Settings

Default Settings and Setting Ranges of the Syslog

Table 9-42

Settings of the Syslog Parameter

Syslog active

Default Setting No

Setting Range No Yes

If you set the Syslog active parameter to yes, the following parameters are visible: Primary Syslog server

0.0.0.0

Any

Port

514

0 to 65 535

Secondary Syslog server

0.0.0.0

Any

Port

514

0 to 65 535

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

263

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 264 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

Parameterizing the Syslog To change the settings of the Syslog, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select the Administrative menu and click Syslog.

Figure 9-83

Configure Tab, Syslog Input/Output Window

✧

In the Parameter fields, enter the desired values according to Table 9-42.

✧

After the parameterization click Send. After clicking Send, the parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).

✧

264

If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 265 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device

9.3.7.8.2

View via Syslog Server If the Syslog function in a Q100 device is activated and the Syslog server is running, you can read the audit logs from the Syslog server. The audit logs are sent to the configured Syslog server using the UDP protocol when the logs are recorded in the Q100 device. You can see the audit logs from the Kiwi Syslog Service Manager, see the following figure.

Figure 9-84

Audit Logs on the Kiwi Syslog Service Manager

The following security messages are listed: •

Date of receiving the security message

•

Time of receiving the security message

•

Priority of the message, which is defined by the Syslog server

•

Hostname of the device which generates the security message

•

Message description

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

265

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 266 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation

9.4

Value View and Evaluation

9.4.1

Process Connections and Automation Functions The values for Operational parameters (Process connections and Automation functions) are displayed in the Value view and Evaluation tab. To display the values on the screen, proceed as follows: ✧

Select the Value view and Evaluation tab on the user interface.

Figure 9-85 ✧

Value View and Evaluation Tab

In the navigation window, open the Operational parameters menu, then the Process connections or Automation functions submenu and click one of the following items:

              

AC operational values Harmonics voltage Harmonics current Interharmonics voltage Interharmonics current AC power and energy Frozen energy counters: see chapter 9.4.1.2 Flicker Binary status: see chapter 9.4.1.3 Modbus slave devices: see chapter 9.4.1.4 SICAM subdevices: see chapter 9.4.1.5 Load profile: see chapter 9.4.1.6 Tariff (TOU): see chapter 9.4.1.7 Limits Group indications

Depending on which operational parameters are selected, the input/output window displays the measured values with the corresponding unit or indications in a tabular list that is updated every 5 s.Harmonics and 266

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 267 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation

interharmonics can represent you in tabular form or graphically.

NOTE If symbol *** is displayed instead of a value, this value is invalid. If symbol ^^^ is displayed instead of a value, this value is in overflow. To print out the value, click the

(Print) icon on the toolbar of Microsoft Internet Explorer.

9.4.1.1 Evaluation of Harmonic Voltage, Current, and Power The values for harmonics are displayed in the Value view and evaluation tab. If you want to display the values on the screen, proceed as follows: In the Value view and evaluation tab, click Operational parameters -> Process connections -> Harmonic voltage or Harmonic current or Harmonic Power.

Figure 9-86

Example for a Table of Voltage Harmonics

The parameter Hide Harmonic when magnitude is lower than % is displayed above the measurement table. This parameter indicates from which RMS value of the voltage, of the current or from which amount of power on the display of the harmonic shall be hidden. This threshold value is active if you press the ENTER key. It is not necessary to activate the parameter set. It helps to filter out other harmonics which are not interested by customer. For a prevailing ratio below 0.8, the corresponding harmonic is not stable, which will be shown as red color. If one of the spectral lines ±5 Hz of the frequency of the harmonic is greater than 2 % of the RMS value of the harmonic, the corresponding value is displayed in blue as indication.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

267

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 268 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation

Displaying Voltage and Current Harmonics Current and voltage harmonics can be displayed as a Table or as a Diagram. Select the desired display form in the Measurement output list box. Click Display to confirm the selection. Table (see Figure 9-86) The parameters given in the Measured value/Unit columns mean the following: •

THDS voltage [%]: Subgroup total harmonic distortion: ratio of the r.m.s. value of the harmonic subgroups to the r.m.s. value of the subgroup associated with the fundamental

•

THDR [%]: Total harmonic distortion related to the total RMS value in %

•

THD-2650 [%]: Total upper band Harmonics Distortion (26th to 50th) related to the fundamental in %

•

K-factor [-]: K-factor is a weighting of the harmonic load currents according to their effects on transformer heating.

•

Harmonics Magnitude [%]: Harmonic magnitudes in %

•

Harmonics Angle [°]: Harmonic phase angle in °

•

Harmonics PreAngle [°]: Prevailing phase angle in °

•

Harmonics PR [-]: Prevailing ratio

Diagram The voltage- or current-harmonics diagram only shows the RMS values of the harmonic.

Figure 9-87

Example for a Voltage-Harmonic Diagram

Display of Harmonics and Interpretation for Harmonic Direction

268

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 269 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation

Figure 9-88

Example for a Power-Harmonic Table

The sign of the active power of the single harmonic determines the power-flow direction: •

Positive sign: from supply system to the load

•

Negative sign: from load to the supply system

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

269

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 270 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation

9.4.1.2 Frozen Energy Counters The frozen energy counters are displayed as follows:

Figure 9-89

270

Frozen Energy Counters

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 271 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation

9.4.1.3 Evaluation of Binary Status The status of the binary inputs and outputs is checked and displayed as follows:

Figure 9-90

Binary Status

Status Binary Input – Terminals U1/2 and U3/2 Depending on the parameterization (for routing, see chapter 9.3.3.1.2), either the status information or the source is evaluated. Status Binary Output – Terminals G1/2 und G3/2 Depending on the parameterized source type (see chapter 9.3.3.1.3), the indications routed to the binary outputs and/or power meters are evaluated.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

271

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 272 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation

9.4.1.4 Evaluation of Modbus Slave Devices The connection status of the up to 8 Modbus slave devices is checked and displayed as follows:

Figure 9-91

Connection status of Modbus slave devices

Connection Status The following connection statuses are possible: Table 9-43

Connection Status

Status

272

Description

good

The assigned information could be requested successfully.

no response

The Modbus slave device does not respond; communication failure or device switched off.

no mapping data

Data mapping was not configured for the device. Therefore, data are not requested.

excp. response

At least one request was answered with a Modbus error feedback.

msg. error

Errors in the evaluation of a response telegram (for example, CRC error)

deactivated

The Modbus slave device was not configured.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 273 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation

Viewing Measured Values and Indications ✧

In the Information column (see Figure 8-69), click View values:

NOTE The button is not enabled if the status shows deactivated and no mapping data, see table 9-43.

Figure 9-92

View Values

Measured values and indications are displayed for the respective Modbus slave device. For measured values, *** is displayed and for indications, 'invalid' is displayed if the value was received with an Invalid identifier or the value could not be read (for example, interrupted connection to the Modbus slave device).

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

273

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 274 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation

9.4.1.5 Evaluation of SICAM Subdevices In SICAM Q100, the connected and parameterized SICAM subdevices issue the indications of their binary inputs and outputs.

Figure 9-93

Indications of the SICAM subdevices

Values of the Indications

Table 9-44

Values of the indications of the binary inputs and outputs

Value On

Description State of the binary inputs and outputs

Off Invalid

274

The indication is invalid, for instance, because there is an interruption of the data line.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 275 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation

9.4.1.6 Load Profile The load profile is displayed as follows:

Bild 9-94

Download the load profile

In the decimal separator, you can select whether you want to display the load-profile data with comma or decimal point after the download. To download the load profile, proceed as follows: ✧

Click Download load profile.

Figure 9-95

Opening or saving the load profile file

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

275

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 276 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation

File download -> Save ✧

In the dialog File download, click Save. The Save in: dialog opens..

✧

Select the file path.

✧

Use the file name suggested in the File name: list box or assign a new file name with the file extension .csv.

✧

Click Save. The Download complete dialog opens.

✧

In the dialog Download complete, click Close.

File download -> Open Alternatively, you can view the information on the screen and print them if needed. Proceed as follows: ✧

In the File download dialog, click Open. An Excel file with the load profile values opens.

✧

On the menu bar of the text editor, click File -> Print....

✧

Select the desired printer in the Print dialog and click Print. The list is printed on the connected printer.

276

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 277 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation

9.4.1.7 Tariffs (TOU) With SICAM Q100, you can determine 8 tariffs for all energy types. Their values are displayed in the following input/output window:

Figure 9-96

Evaluation of Tariffs

To view the tariff values, click the radio buton before each tariff. Tariff 1(Current Tariff) is ticked by default. After the data transmission, the values are processed further in the peripheral devices.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

277

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 278 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation

9.4.2

Evaluation and Data Management The power quality values and other events are output on the Value view and evaluation tab in the Evaluation and data management menu. The menu contains the following items: •

Events

•

Records

•

Mains signaling voltage

•

Power Quality report

•

File transfer

•

Memory management

•

Transient detection

To display the values on the screen, proceed as follows: ✧

Select the Value view and evaluation tab on the user interface. The Value view and evaluation tab opens.

✧

278

Select the desired values according to chapter 9.4.2.1 to Figure 9-116 in the Evaluation and data management menu in the navigation window.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 279 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation

9.4.2.1 Events Default Settings and Setting Options

Table 9-45

Value View and Evaluation - Events

Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Options

Event record type

Supply Voltage

Voltage event Frequency event Voltage-unbalance event RVC event 1)

Start time

Current date/time

Any with calendar function Time format: depends on date/time format config.

End Time

Current date/time

Any with calendar function Time format: depends on date/time format config.

Measurement output

Table

Table CSV

1)

For RVC event, there is no CSV or diagram available.

To display the values on the screen, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select the Evaluation and data management menu and click Events.

Figure 9-97 ✧

Value View Tab and Evaluation, Events Input/Output Window, Supply Voltage

Select the desired Event record type in the list box according to Table 9-45 and specify the Start time and End time using the calendar function.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

279

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 280 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation

✧

Select from the Measurement output list box whether the measured values are to be output as a Table or a CSV file is to be created.

Measurement Output as Table ✧

Click Display. The determined results are displayed in a table. In multi-paged tables you can navigate forward and back in the pages using the >> and Save CSV File ✧

Click Save. The Save As dialog opens.

✧

280

Select the file path in the Save in: list box.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 281 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation

✧

Use the file name suggested in the File name: list box or enter a new file name with the file extension .csv.

NOTE The length of file names must not exceed 8 characters. Use only characters according to NOTE in chapter 9.3.1.2. ✧

Click Save. The Download complete dialog opens.

✧

In the Download complete dialog, click Close.

File Download -> Open CSV File Alternatively, you can view the event data on the screen and print them if needed. Proceed as follows: ✧

In the File download dialog (9-98), click Open. The selected CSV file is opened in Microsoft Excel and the event data are displayed in table form.

✧ ✧

On the menu bar, click File -> Print.... Select the desired printer in the Print dialog and click Print. The list is printed on the connected printer.

✧

Close Microsoft Excel.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

281

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 282 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation

9.4.2.2 Records Default Settings and Setting Options

Table 9-46

Value View and Evaluation - Records Parameter

Record type

Default Setting Measurement recorder

Setting Options Trend Recorder Measurement recorder

Measurement Recorder Start time

Current time

End time

no setting, only display

Measurement source

Frequency 10 s

Frequency 10 s Voltage Current Voltage angle Current angle Active power Reactive power Apparent power Active power factor Power factor Phase angle Frequency Unbalance THDS voltage THDS current Q1 Harmonic voltage magnitude Harmonic current magnitude Short-term flicker Long-term flicker

Measurements

f - 10 s

The selectable Measurements depend on the selected Measurement Source.

Aggregation Type

AVG

AVG MIN (not for harmonics) MAX

Table

Table Diagram CSV

(The aggregation type is not displayed if the frequency is 10 s, and flicker) Measurement output

Any with calendar function Time format: depends on date/time format config.

Trend Recorder Query method (only for trend recorder query)

282

By time

By time By event

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 283 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation

Table 9-46

Value View and Evaluation - Records (cont.) Parameter

By time Start time

End time By event Event list

Default Setting Current time

Setting Options Any with calendar function Time format: depends on date/time format config.

no setting, only display (2 h after start)

Selection of a displayed event

Measurement Source

Voltage

Voltage

Measurements

Va

Va, Vb, Vc Vab, Vbc, Vca

Measurement output

Table

Table Diagram CSV

To display the values on the screen, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select the Evaluation and data management menu and click Records. The Records input/output window opens.

Figure 9-99

✧

Value View and Evaluation Tab, Records Input/Output Window, Measurement Recorder

Select the respective recording settings in the list box according to Table 9-46.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

283

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 284 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation

✧

Click Display.

The determined results are displayed in a Find result table. In multi-paged tables you can navigate forward and back in the pages using the >> and > and Search -> regedit -> regedit.exe -> OK The Registry Editor opens.

✧

Find in the directory: [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\ActiveX Compatibility\{00000566-0000-0010-8000-00AA006D2EA4}] \Compatibility Flags

✧

Click on Compatibility Flags and change the value to 0.

Figure 9-103 ✧

Changing the Compatibility Flag Value

Confirm with OK.

Figure 9-104

Changed Registry

✧

Close the Registry Editor.

✧

In the Internet-Explorer on menu, select Tools -> Internet Options -> Security -> Trusted Sites.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

289

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 290 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation

If in the Internet-Explorer trust sites are blocked by IE policies, then you proceed as follows: ✧

Start the SICAM Q100.

✧

In the Internet-Explorer on menu, select Tools -> Internet Options -> Security -> Trusted Sites. Click on Sites button.

✧

Start -> Search -> regedit -> regedit.exe -> OK The Registry Editor opens.

✧

Find in the directory: [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Internet Settings\ZoneMap\Ranges]

✧

Insert in the directory a key with the name Rangexxx.

✧

Insert the following 2 values in key:



Type string: Name: :Range, Type: REG_SZ, Data: 192.168.0.204



Type dword: Name: https, Type: REG_DWORD, Data: 2

Figure 9-105 ✧

Registry (Detail)

Check the following entry after closing the registry in the tab Information in the status line: Trusted sites I Protected Mode: Off

290

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 291 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation

Multiple File Download ✧

On the Record list, select the files using the normal MS Windows method.

Figure 9-106

File Selection

✧

Enter a Save directory for file storage or select a path for file storage at Select Directory.

✧

Click on Download. The download progress is indicated and the selected files are stored in the specified directory.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

291

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 292 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation

Visualizing the Transmitted Recorder Data You can display the transmitted recorder data with the help of other programs. Use the following programs for that: •

SIGRA: COMTRADE files of the fault recorder Contact the Siemens Hotline for information on that; see Preface.

•

SIGRAPlugin: HTML data of the event recorder and recorder values on recorder page Contact the Siemens Hotline for information on that; see Preface.

•

PQDiffractor: PQDIF files of the trend recorder and measurement recorder Download the program from the Internet: http://www.pqview.com/download-pqdif/

292

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 293 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation

Option: Multiple File Download via Chrome The screenshots related with Chrome in this chapter are taken from Chrome V71.0.3578.98 (Official Build) (64–bit). Selecting Path via Chrome ✧

Start Google Chrome.

✧

Click Customize and control Google Chrome -> Settings.

Figure 9-107

Chrome Settings

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

293

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 294 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation

✧

Click Advanced.

Figure 9-108 ✧

294

Advanced Settings

Click Change under Downloads to select the path for saving the download file.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 295 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation

Do not select the Ask where to save each file before downloading.

Figure 9-109 ✧

Change the Path for Download Files

Click OK.

Downloading Multiple Files

NOTE The Record List of Multiple File Download with Chrome is identical for trend recorder, measurement recorder, and waveform recorder. If you select the Multiple file download as a download type, proceed as follows:

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

295

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 296 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation

✧

Select the multiple files in the Record list.

Figure 9-110 ✧

Value View and Evaluation Tab, Download Multiple Files (for Example Trend Recorder)

Click Download. The selected files are stored in the configured path directly.

296

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 297 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation

Multiple File Download via Firefox The screenshots related with Firefox in this chapter are taken from Firefox V52.5.0 (32–bit). Parameterization of Firefox ✧

Start Firefox.

✧

Click Open menu -> Help -> Troubleshooting Information.

✧

Change the security settings.

Figure 9-111

Troubleshooting Information

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

297

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 298 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation

✧

Click Open Folder.

Figure 9-112

Open Folder

✧

Open the mimeTypes.rdf file with a text-editor tool (for example Notepad) in the opened folder.

✧

Add the following content to the mimeTypes.rdf file at the end and save it. You can find the text in the Appendix Config File for Multiple File Download via Firefox.

Figure 9-113

298

Add New Contents

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 299 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation

Selecting Path via Firefox ✧

Click Open menu -> Options.

Figure 9-114

Select Options

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

299

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 300 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation

✧

Click Browse… to select the path for saving the download file.

Figure 9-115 ✧

Select Path

Click Select Folder.

Downloading Multiple Files The steps are the same as those for Downloading Multiple Files in Multiple File Download via Chrome.

300

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 301 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation

9.4.2.6 Memory Management Memory management shows the current utilization (Used ratio) of the storage capacity for the individual recorders. To display the Used ratio on the screen, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select the Evaluation and data management menu and click Memory management. The Memory management input/output window opens.

Figure 9-116

Value View and Evaluation Tab, Memory Management Input/Output Window

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

301

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 302 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation

9.4.2.7 Transient Detection In Transient detection, the occurrence of transient events is displayed in a table for evaluation. To display the transient events on the screen, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, click the Evaluation and data management menu and the menu item Transient detection.

Figure 9-117

Value View and Evaluation Tab, Transient Detection Input/Output Window

NOTE The last 255 transient events are displayed; older transient events are deleted automatically.

302

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 303 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance

9.5

Maintenance In the Maintenance tab you can start the following functions: •

Update the firmware

•

Format SD card

•

Make various presettings

•

View and delete logs

•

View and delete transients

•

Analyze protocol-specific communication data

If you want to edit this tab, you need the Maintenance password. To open the Maintenance tab, proceed as follows: ✧

Select the Maintenance tab on the user interface.

Figure 9-118

Maintenance Tab

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

303

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 304 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance

9.5.1

Firmware Upload During a firmware update, the device firmware, the default set of parameters, text libraries, HTML files or parts thereof are updated.

NOTE Before updating the firmware, Siemens recommends saving the current parameters set as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.

NOTE If you have activated the option in your web browser to transfer the local directory name together with the file name when uploading files, then the total number of characters in the directory and file names may not exceed 100 English characters. Otherwise, the firmware in your device will not be updated.

9.5.1.1 Firmware Upload via User Interface NOTE Do not switch off the supply voltage during the firmware upload process. If you want to carry out a firmware update, you must stop the recording before manually. To update the firmware in the Maintenance tab, proceed as follows: ✧

Select Firmware upload in the navigation window.

Figure 9-119 ✧

304

Maintenance Tab, Firmware Upload - Enable Upload Input/Output Window

Click Enable upload.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 305 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance

✧

Follow the notes in the following indication:

The Firmware processing dialog opens.

Figure 9-120

✧

Maintenance Tab, Firmware Processing - Open Input/Output Window

Click Browse... in the section Firmware upload. The Choose file dialog opens.

✧ ✧

Select the desired upload file (extension .pck or .cms depending on the current firmware version) in the directory. Click Open. The selected path is inserted in the Browse... field.

✧

Click Open.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

305

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 306 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance

Follow the notes in the following indication:

Figure 9-121

Firmware-Upload Indication When Loading a .cms File

After approximately 2 min, the device restarts automatically and the Log on tab appears for reconnection with the device. The device firmware, default settings of parameters, text libraries, HTML files, or parts thereof are uploaded. You can find the firmware package in the download area in the Siemens Internet: https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/109743592/?en-US. To upgrade the firmware to the latest version, select the following upload file: • File with extension .cms for upgrade from version V1.30 or later version to the latest version

NOTE A file with extension .cms includes a digital signature that protects the integrity and authenticity of the firmware package. If the firmware upload fails an error message is shown on the user interface. Following are some causes of failure: • Invalid file extension •

Invalid digital signature

•

Decoding failure

9.5.1.2 Abort Firmware Upload If you do not want to update the firmware, click Abort in the section Abort firmware upload. Follow the notes in the following indication:

Figure 9-122

306

Firmware-Upload Indication, Abort

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 307 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance

SICAM Q100 will be restarted after 20 s in application mode.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

307

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 308 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance

9.5.2

Formatting the SD Card NOTE When you format the SD card, all recorded data will get lost. If you want to preserve the data, save them before formatting as described in chapter 9.4.2.1, File Download -> Save CSV File, and chapter 9.4.2.5. If you want to format the SD card, proceed as follows: ✧

Select Format SD card in the navigation window.

Figure 9-123

✧

Maintenance Tab, Format SD card

Click Format SD card. The SD card is formatted and the following message appears:

Figure 9-124

✧

Maintenance Tab, Format SC card Completed

Follow the instructions in the message.

Observe messages appear if no SD card or a faulty SD card is used.

308

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 309 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance

9.5.3

Presets

9.5.3.1 Counters (Energy Counters) To display and reset the energy counters, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select the Presets menu and click Counters.

Figure 9-125

✧

Maintenance Tab, Preset Counters

Click Reset energy counters. The Counter ticks, the calculated Energy value and the corresponding Quality bits are reset for all energy counters.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

309

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 310 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance

9.5.3.2 Date/Time To set the date and time, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select the Presets menu and click Date/time.

Figure 9-126

✧

Maintenance Tab, Preset Date/time

You can either get the date and time from the connected computer or adjust it manually.

Get PC Date and Time ✧

In the input/output window, click Get PC date/time. The computer time is displayed in the fields of the input/output window and applied in the device.

Setting the Date and Time Manually (24-hour format) ✧

In the input/output window enter the desired time into the fields Day (format dd), Month (format mm), Year (format yyyy), Hour (format hh), and Minute (format mm).

✧

Click Set Date/time. The time you have entered is displayed in the fields of the input/output window and applied in the device.

310

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 311 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance

9.5.3.3 Min/Max Values To reset the min/max values, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select the Presets menu and click Min/Max Values.

Figure 9-127

✧

Maintenance Tab, Preset Min/Max Values

Click Reset Min/Max Values. All min/max values are reset. The Action was successful indication is displayed on the status bar.

9.5.3.4 Load Profile To reset the load profile, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select the Presets menu and click Load profile.

Figure 9-128

✧

Maintenance Tab, Preset Load Profile

Click Delete load profile buffer. The load profile buffer is deleted. The Action was successful indication is displayed on the status bar.

9.5.3.5 Events To reset the PQ events, proceed as follows:

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

311

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 312 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance

✧

In the navigation window, select the Presets menu and click Events.

Figure 9-129

Maintenance Tab, Events Default Setting

✧

Select the events you want to reset using the option fields.

✧

Click Reset PQ events. The selected PQ events are reset. The Action was successful indication is displayed on the status bar.

312

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 313 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance

9.5.4

Message Logs

9.5.4.1 Operational Log To view and clear the Operational log (max. 128), proceed as follows:

NOTE The last 128 operational indications are displayed, older indications are automatically deleted. ✧

In the navigation window, select the Message Logs menu and click Operational log.

Figure 9-130 ✧

Maintenance Tab, Delete Log

Click Delete log in the input/output window. All operational indications in the input/output window are deleted without backup. The indication no. 0001 appears in the log list: Clear Operational Log.

NOTE If you need the operational indications, for example for subsequent analysis, save or print them out as described in chapter 9.2.7.2.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

313

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 314 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance

9.5.4.2 Error Log NOTE Error messages are service information that you quote to the service department upon request in case of an error. To view and clear the Error log (max. 128), proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select the Message Logs menu and click Error log.

Figure 9-131 ✧

Maintenance Tab, Delete Error Log

Click Delete log in the input/output window. All error messages in the input/output window are deleted without backup. The indication no. 0001 appears in the log list: ***Error Log Cleared***.

NOTE If you need the error messages, for example for subsequent analysis, save or print them out as described in chapter 9.2.7.2.

314

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 315 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance

9.5.4.3 Audit Log NOTE The function Audit Log is only applicable to the SICAM Q100 firmware V2.00 and higher. The device provides an audit log to track the security-relevant events. The audit log can only be viewed by a user assigned with the role of Security Auditor.

NOTE The audit log is only available via HTML pages, not via the device display. The audit log stores the latest 2048 audit messages. The older messages are automatically overwritten. You cannot delete the audit messages manually. For a new delivered device, audit logs created during production process are kept. The Audit log is located in the Maintenance tab. To view the Audit log, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select the Message logs -> Audit log. Audit messages are displayed on the HTML pages.

Figure 9-132

Maintenance Tab, Display Audit Log

To refresh the display of the audit log, click Audit log or press F5.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

315

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 316 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance

The following table shows examples of events logged in the audit log. Table 9-50

Audit-Log Events in SICAM Q100 Event Type

316

Description

Modification of security-relevant parameterization

Modify following settings: • IP address • Modbus TCP access rights for port 502 • Modbus TCP access rights for user port • Modbus RTU access rights • Device name

Firmware update

Upload new firmware to the device

Logon succeeded

The correct user name and password are entered.

Logon failed

Incorrect user name and password have been entered for the times configured by the maximum consecutive attempts in the chapter 6.3.2.

Value forcing

Delete or reset the following data: • Operational log, error log, and transient log • Min/max values • Load profile • Energy counters • Events like voltage event, frequency event, voltageunbalance event, MSV event, RVC event

Configuration access

Upload a configuration file or start configuration

Configuration change

Change the configuration

Audit log access

Access the audit log

Time/date change

Change the time or the date

Device reboot

Device is rebooted due to: • Firmware upload • SD-card formatting • IP-address change • Default-gateway change • Subnet-mask change • Default IP setting change • User-language change • Network-type change • IED-name change • IEC 61850 enable • Power-quality values for PN and PP setting change • Voltage RMS value PN and PP setting change

SD card plugged

Plug in an SD card

SD card unplugged

Unplug the SD card

Default IP set

Request the default IP address by pressing key F4 on the device display for 5 s

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 317 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance

Table 9-50

Audit-Log Events in SICAM Q100 Event Type

Description

Session terminated

Interactive session terminates due to time-out or session limitation

Manually log off

Log off manually

Capacity warning

The storage capacity of the security audit decreases below the threshold.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

317

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 318 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance

9.5.5

Evaluation and Data Management – Transient Detection To display and delete the transient events, proceed as follows:

NOTE The last 255 transient events are displayed; older transient events are deleted automatically. ✧

In the navigation window, click the Value view and evaluation menu and the menu item Transient detection.

Figure 9-133

✧

Maintenance Tab, Delete Transient Events

Click Delete events in the input/output window. All transient events in the input/output window are deleted without backup. The indication no. 0001 appears in the log list: Transient events deleted. The indication Action was successful appears in the status bar.

318

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 319 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance

9.5.6

Diagnosis

9.5.6.1 Diagnosis Modbus TCP NOTE The diagnostics data of Modbus TCP are displayed only if this bus protocol has been selected in the tab Configure Menu Administrative Element Ethernet communication. If the protocol has not been selected, the Diagnosis Modbus TCP input/output window displays -none-. ✧

In the navigation window, select the Diagnosis menu and click Modbus TCP. The Modbus TCP input/output window opens and the Modbus TCP protocol is displayed. For Modbus TCP the Standard server, the User-port server and the Connection data are analyzed.

Figure 9-134 ✧

Maintenance Tab, Diagnosis Modbus TCP Input/Output Window

To clear the counters for Modbus TCP, click Clear counters. All counters for Modbus TCP are reset to 0.

NOTE For further explanations on Modbus TCP diagnostics, refer to the System Manual SICAM Q100.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

319

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 320 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance

9.5.6.2 Diagnosis Modbus RTU Master NOTE The diagnostics data of Modbus RTU Master are displayed only if this bus protocol has been selected in the tab Configure Menu Administrative Element Serial communication. If this bus protocol has not been selected, the menu option for selecting the Modbus RTU Master diagnostics data is not available. ✧

In the navigation window, click the Diagnosis menu and the menu item Modbus RTU Master. The input/output window of the Modbus RTU Master opens and the Modbus RTU Master protocol is displayed. The diagnosis for Modbus RTU Master and Modbus Gateway provides the following information:



Check of the state of the serial communication with telegram and error counters and an overview of the set serial interface parameters.



Overview of what request telegrams are sent by the Modbus RTU Master including request status for every telegram.



Overview of the last 5 telegrams sent by Modbus Gateway (only available if the Modbus Gateway function has been activated).



Overview of the last 8 sent commands

Figure 9-135 ✧

Maintenance Tab, Diagnosis Modbus RTU Master Input/Output Window

To clear the counters for Modbus RTU Master, click Clear counters. All counters for Modbus RTU Master are reset to 0.

NOTE The system manual gives more details about diagnosing Modbus RTU Master.

320

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 321 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance

9.5.6.3 Diagnosis IEC 61850 NOTE The diagnostics data of IEC 61850 are only displayed if this bus protocol has been selected in Configure -> Administrative -> Communication Ethernet. If no protocol is selected, the Diagnosis IEC 61850 input/output window shows the entry -none-. ✧

In the navigation window, select the Diagnosis menu and click IEC 61850. The IEC 61850 input/output window opens and the protocol is displayed. The Ethernet interface is then analyzed.

Figure 9-136

Maintenance Tab, Diagnosis IEC 61850 Input/Output Window

NOTE The system manual provides more details on diagnosing IEC 61850.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

321

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 322 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance

9.5.6.4 OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) NOTE The diagnostic data of OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) is displayed only if you have activated OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) in Configure Administrative Communication Ethernet. If you have not activated OPC UA PubSub (MQTT), the option OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) is invisible under Diagnosis in the navigation window. ✧

In the navigation window, select the Diagnosis menu and click OPC UA PubSub (MQTT). The OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) input/output window opens. The diagnostic data of OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) is then analyzed.

Figure 9-137

Maintenance Tab, Diagnosis OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) Input/Output Window

Broker and Network The Broker and network section shows the following information: Table 9-51

Information in the Broker and Network Section Parameter

322

Information

Broker IP address or host name

Configured

Topic name

Configured

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 323 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance

Table 9-51

Information in the Broker and Network Section Parameter

Information

DNS server IP address

The field is empty if the broker IP address is shown in Broker IP address or host name.

Publisher ID

Identification of the device in the cloud server

Data transmission

The number of transmitted data points with different types, depending on the configuration

Status This Status section shows the status or errors of the connection to the MQTT Broker. It consists of the status or errors and additional information if available. Table 9-52

Status Type

Status or Error

Additional Information

Description and Solution

Device date and time are invalid.

-

Set the date and time of the device or check the NTP time synchronization.

No certificates loadeded.

-

Upload certificates for MQTT communication.

Broker IP address or host name is missing.

-

Configure an IP address or a host name for the broker.

DNS server IP address is missing.

-

If you have configured a host name for the broker, you must configure a DNS server address.

Trying to receive the broker IP address via DNS

-

The IP address of the broker is requested via DNS.

DNS response time-out DNS error

There is an error or no response from the DNS server. Check the communication line and IP address of the DNS server.

-

The IP address of the broker is known. The device tries to connect to the broker.

Connection time-out Connection error

Connection error Check the communication line and firewall settings or whether the broker is online.

TLS handshake alert:

An error described in occurs during the TLS handshake. Check the loaded certificates.

Trying to connect to the broker

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

323

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 324 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance

Table 9-52

Status Type

Status or Error

Additional Information

Description and Solution

Connected to the broker, publishing data

-

Connection is established and data is sent to the broker.

Disconnected from the broker, trying to reconnect

-

Connection to the broker is interrupted. The device tries to reconnect to the broker.

Connection time-out Connection error

Connection error Check the communication line and firewall settings or whether the broker is online.

Connection Statistics The Connection statistics section shows the number of sent and received messages that can be additionally used for communication-status analysis. Table 9-53

Connection Statistics

Statistic Counter

Description MQTT

Connect

Times that the device connects to the broker

Sent messages

The number of sent messages on MQTT level to the broker

Disconnect

Times that the device disconnects to the broker OPC UA PubSub

Key frames

The number of sent key frames

Meta frames

The number of sent meta frames

Keep alive

The number of sent keep-alive messages

File transfer Ok/Err

The number of successful or unsuccessful sent files

Delta frames sum

The sum number of sent delta frames

Delta frams per s

The number of delta frames sent in last second

Certificates Information The Certificates information section shows the identification and the effective dates for each of the loaded certificates.

324

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 325 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance

9.5.6.5 One Click to Customer Care The SICAM Q100 device provides a fast way to get support from Siemens. To reduce the efforts for getting fast and comprehensive support, you can collect the relevant data to generate a file by a click and send it to Siemens Energy Customer Support Center via the Secure File Exchange for customer support.

Figure 9-138

Maintenance Tab, One Click to Customer Care

To collect and send the relevant data in the Maintenance tab, proceed as follows: ✧

In the navigation window, select Diagnosis and click One click to customer care.

✧

Click Save under One click to customer care.

✧

Save the file into a destination folder.

✧

Send the file to Siemens Energy Customer Support Center via the Secure File Exchange.

The file saved from One click to customer care contains 5 subfiles inside. They are respectively the device information, Ethernet statistics, the configuration file, the runtime statistics and the syslog.

Figure 9-139

Files Saved from One Click to Customer Care

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

325

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 326 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.6 AC Calibration

9.6

AC Calibration The device comes calibrated from the factory and does not require recalibration throughout its entire service life. If the device must be recalibrated, for example, due to unaccountable measured-value deviations, this recalibration may only be performed by Siemens. If you assume that SICAM Q100 measurements deviate from the operating values, contact Siemens Energy Customer Support Center (see Preface) and/or send the device to the respective Siemens representative upon consultation.

326

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 327 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.7 Example of a Parameterization and Measured Value Evaluation

9.7

Example of a Parameterization and Measured Value Evaluation

9.7.1

Task Definition

9.7.2

✧

Set the parameters via the Ethernet interface using the default IP address set upon delivery of the device.

✧

Configure SICAM Q100 according to the topology.

✧

Parameterize the indication of a limit violation for Vab > 11 kV with 10 % hysteresis and name the indication.

✧

Parameterize a binary output that is switched on for the duration of the limit violation.

✧

Communicate via serial communication using device address 1, with a baud rate of 19.2 kbit/s, even parity, full access rights, and a monitoring time of 1 min.

✧

Parameterize the Ethernet communication according to the network configuration specified by the system operator.

✧

Assign any name and specify the time/date format as YYYY-MM-DD and the time in 24-hour format.

✧

Parameterize the Measurement recorder with an averaging time of 2 hours and activate the averaging recorders for minimum and maximum values. Record all voltage harmonics.

✧

Allocate 50 % storage capacity to the Measurement recorder.

✧

Take over the factory-set report configuration.

✧

Activate the device configuration you have created as the active parameter set.

✧

Perform measurements, acquire the limiting value indication and record the measured values as defined in the task.

Initial Situation

Topology •

4-wire system

•

Rated input voltage (ph-ph): AC 10 kV

•

Rated input current: AC 100 A

•

Rated frequency: 50 Hz

•

Connection: any load via transformers

•

Voltage transformer: 10 000 V : 100 V

•

Current transformer: 100 A : 1 A

•

Primary nominal voltage: 230.00 V

•

Communication via Ethernet and RS485 interfaces

Network Configuration •

Default IP address: 192.168.0.55

•

User IP address: 192.168.1.40 (customer-specific)

•

Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0

•

Default gateway: 192.168.1.1

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

327

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 328 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.7 Example of a Parameterization and Measured Value Evaluation

Features of the SICAM Q100 •

4 inputs for alternating current measurements

•

4 inputs for alternating voltage measurements

•

2 binary inputs

•

2 binary outputs

•

Standard interface: Ethernet with Modbus TCP protocol

•

Serial interface: RS485 with Modbus RTU protocol

•

4 LEDs for displaying operating states

•

Recorder

Connection Diagram

a

b

a

a

b

b

B

B

B

A

A

A

PE

S1

a

P1

b

S1

S2

S2

S1

je 10 A

S2

P2

P1

c

P2

P1

P2

N

Figure 9-140

Connection Diagram

Device Terminals Used for Measurements and Communication Ethernet connection via RJ45 on the device top side

Binary inputs RS485 interface

Current measuring inputs

s Voltage measuring inputs

Supply voltage Figure 9-141 328

Terminals and Interfaces Used at the Device SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 329 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.7 Example of a Parameterization and Measured Value Evaluation

9.7.3

Parameterization as Defined by the Task

Requirements SICAM Q100 is electrically connected to the system and commissioned as described in chapter 7.7. Rated voltages and currents at the measuring inputs are switched off. Parameterization

NOTE If you change settings in tabs, click Send on each tab to confirm the new setting. The settings are activated only after the entire parameterization has been completed. ✧

Start the user interface as described in chapter 9.2.1 (initial startup) or chapter 9.2.7 (start during operation). Use the factory-preset IP address for this purpose.

✧

On the Configure tab, configure the element AC measurement (see chapter 9.3.3.1.1) according to the following topology specifications:

Figure 9-142

Configure Tab, AC Measurement Example

NOTE If you are using Ethernet communication with IEC 61850 bus protocol (chapter 9.3.7.2) and change the Network type, the device will restart.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

329

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 330 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.7 Example of a Parameterization and Measured Value Evaluation

✧

Configure a limit violation indication on the Configure tab, Limits 1-8 item (see chapter 9.3.3.2) as follows:

Figure 9-143

✧

Configure binary output G1/2 on the Configure tab, Binary outputs item (see chapter 9.3.3.1.3) as follows:

Figure 9-144

330

Configure Tab, Limits Example

Configure Tab, Binary Outputs Example

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 331 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.7 Example of a Parameterization and Measured Value Evaluation

✧

On the Configure tab configure the Serial communication menu item (see chapter 9.3.7.3) as follows:

Figure 9-145

✧

Configure Tab, Serial Communication Example

On the Configure tab set the Communication Ethernet menu item (see chapter 9.3.7.2) according to the configuration specified by the system operator, for example as follows:

Figure 9-146

Configure Tab, Communication Ethernet Example

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

331

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 332 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.7 Example of a Parameterization and Measured Value Evaluation

✧

On the Configure tab, Device and language menu item assign a device name and the format for the date and time display on the HTML pages as described in chapter 9.3.7.7.

Figure 9-147

✧

On the Configure tab, Recorder management menu item (see chapter 9.3.6.3), configure the Measurement recorder with an averaging time of 2 hours and the recorders of average to record all voltage harmonics.

Figure 9-148

332

Configure Tab, Device and Language Example

Configure Tab, Recorder Management Example

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 333 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.7 Example of a Parameterization and Measured Value Evaluation

✧

On the Configure tab, Memory management menu item (see chapter 9.4.2.6) allocate 50 % of the storage capacity to the Measurement recorder and activate the ring buffer function.

Figure 9-149

Configure Tab, Memory Management Example

✧

Confirm the factory-set report configuration (see chapter 9.3.6.6).

✧

On the Configure tab, Recording control menu item (see chapter 9.3.6.7) select Start immediately.

Figure 9-150

✧

Configure Tab, Start Immediately Example

Go to the Configure tab, Save configuration to file menu item to save your device configuration as the active parameter set as described in Save Configuration to File.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

333

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 334 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.7 Example of a Parameterization and Measured Value Evaluation

✧

Enable the active parameter set in the device as described in Activating the Set of Parameters.

NOTE After changing the network settings and subsequent parameter activation the device will reset.

9.7.4

Performing the Measurement ✧

Switch on the rated voltages and rated currents at the measuring inputs E and F of SICAM Q100 observing the safety notes given in chapter 7.7.

✧

Read the measured values from the Value view and Evaluation tab by calling the Operational parameters, Harmonics, AC power and energy, Binary outputs and Limits menu items according to chapter 9.4 in the navigation window. The user interface displays the status of binary output G1/2 which corresponds to the parameterized indication Vab_>11kV. If the parameterized limit of the voltage Vab is exceeded, a corresponding limit violation indication is displayed in the table.

NOTE Measured values and indications are refreshed after 5 s on the Value view and Evaluation tab. ✧

334

Display the power quality events and the memory utilization on the Value view and Evaluation tab.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 335 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.8 Flowchart of Modbus RTU Master and Modbus Gateway Parameterization

9.8

Flowchart of Modbus RTU Master and Modbus Gateway Parameterization Start

Configure serial communication and select bus protocol "Modbus RTU Master"

[Gateway function required?]

User interface: Configure: Communicationserial (chapt. 8.3.7.3)

Configure Ethernet communication and select bus protocol "Modbus TCP" User interface: Configure: Communication Ethernet(chapt. 8.3.7.2)

[Only Modbus RTU Master required]

Configure Modbus slave device

[Also Modbus RTU Master required]

User interface: Configure: Modbus slave devices (chapt. 8.3.7.4)

Configure Modbus Gateway settings User interface: Configure: Communication Ethernet(chapt. 8.3.7.2.1)

[Another Modbus slave device and different device type than configured before?]

Configure data mapping for the Modbus slave device User interface: Configure: Mapping - Measured values (chapt. 8.3.7.4.2) Configure: Mapping - Indications (chapt. 8.3.7.4.3)

[No more Modbus slave devices to configure]

Final

[Another Modbus slave device from same type than configured before?]

Import a saved Modbus slave device configuration with mapping information User interface: Configure: Mapping - Import (chapt. 8.3.7.4.5)

Figure 9-151

Export already configured Modbus slave device with mapping information as file User interface: Configure: Mapping - Export (chapt. 8.3.7.4.4)

Flowchart of Modbus RTU Master and Modbus Gateway Parameterization

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

335

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 336 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.8 Flowchart of Modbus RTU Master and Modbus Gateway Parameterization

336

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 337 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

10 Operation at Use of the Display

10

Operation at Use of the Display

10.1

General Operating Instructions

338

10.2

Starting Operation

340

10.3

Display Content

341

10.4

Parameterization

343

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

337

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 338 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.1 General Operating Instructions

10.1

General Operating Instructions The SICAM Q100 can be operated both using HTML pages from the connected PC and the softkeys at the device. This chapter describes the softkey-based operation. The front softkeys F1 to F4 are used to set parameters, select measured quantities, and enter various settings. The following table lists the icons which appear on the display when the softkeys are pressed. Table 10-1

Control Functions of the Softkeys Softkey Functions

F1

F2

F3

F4

General Softkey Functions Display of the RMS value

Canceling an action and returning to the action displayed previously Displaying the maximum value

Displaying the minimum value

Scrolling up

Scrolling down

Menu selection

Acknowledging the selection

Special Softkey Functions Displaying the table of the value

Displaying the graph

Displaying additional information

Active energy supply

Active energy consumption

Inductive reactive energy

338

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 339 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.1 General Operating Instructions

Table 10-1

Control Functions of the Softkeys (cont.) Softkey Functions

F1

F2

F3

F4

Capacitive reactive energy

Scrolling left

Scrolling right

Displaying the next additional information

Switching to edit mode

Exiting edit mode

Increasing the displayed value or switching forward in the parameter list in edit mode Reducing the displayed value or switching backward in the parameter list in edit mode Switchover the sign

+/-

Switching between selected and non-selected state (e.g. password protection on  password protection off)

Table 10-2

Icons in the Title Bar of the Display Icon

Definition The device is password-protected.

The device password was entered correctly and the device is unlocked.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

339

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 340 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.2 Starting Operation

10.2

Starting Operation Before starting the device, the following preconditions must be satisfied: ✧

Mount the SICAM Q100 as described in chapter 7.2.

✧

Connect the lines for measurement, communication and supply voltage as described in chapter 7.3 and observe the safety provisions.

✧

Switch on the devices needed for the measurement.

✧

Switch on the supply voltage of the SICAM Q100.

✧

Check whether the LEDs at the SICAM Q100 signal that the device is ready (see chapter 13.2).

The following picture is displayed while the device is being initialized after switching on the supply voltage:

Figure 10-1

Start Screen

Once the device has initialized, the currently selected screen with measured values is displayed.

NOTE The following pictures only show the display without the front view of the device.

340

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 341 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.3 Display Content

10.3

Display Content

Display of the Menus In the main menu all submenus are listed on the display:

Title

Menu/submenu

Display number

Password icon

Diagnostics

Scroll bar

Submenu Settings Start/end of the list

Selectable measured quantities

Selected display

Current functions of the softkeys Figure 10-2

Display Content

The display can be switched between inverse mode and non-inverse mode, see chapter 10.4.4, submenu display number 32.7: Display). Display of Measured Values Measured values are displayed as follows:

Voltage ph -n

230.01 V

b

231.03 V

c

229.98 V

n

7.23 V 



III I

a

Max Figure 10-3

1.0

Menu

Display of Measured Values

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

341

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 342 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.3 Display Content

Display of Bar Charts Bar charts are displayed as follows:

Harm. voltage

15.0 III I

[%] 0.2

0.1

2



Figure 10-4

3

Max

4



5

6

7



8

9

Menu

Bar Chart Display

Display of Phasor Diagrams Phasor diagrams are displayed as follows:

Phasor diagram

14.0 III I

Vc

Va Vb



Figure 10-5

342

Tab.





Menü

Display of Phasor Diagrams

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 343 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization

10.4

Parameterization Softkeys F1 to F4 are used for parameterization taking the display content into consideration. Proceed as described in the following menus.

NOTE Remember that the parameterization on the device is subject to restrictions. Full parameterization requires a PC and the HTML pages.

Menu Tree of the Main Menu

30.0







28.0



Tariff 8

31.0



32.0



60.0



Long flicker ph-ph

50.0



Operation log

35.0 to 38.0

 

User def. Screens 1 to 4

Figure 10-6



PQ events



80.0



34.0 Binary in-/ outputs state



27.0

Long flicker ph-n





24.0 Tariff 4





33.0



Tariff 7

Short flicker ph-ph

Phase unbal. Vnb, Inb

23.0











20.0 Active factor cos 





29.0



Tariff 3

26.0







Tariff 6

Short flicker ph-n

19.0











25.0

15.0 Harm. voltage V



22.0

16.0 Harm. current I

THDS voltage THDS-V

App. energy VAh

Tariff 2

Tariff 5

















18.0 React. energy varh

Tariff 1

11.0











17.0

14.0

12.0

Power factor PF

Frequency Hz

Phasor diagram

Active energy Wh















Disp. angles

13.0 THDS current THDS-I

21.0

10.0





7.0 Total power P, Q1, S



9.0 Tot. pwr.factor PF tot

8.0











6.0 App. power S (VA)

4.0 Active power P (W)







Current I



5.0 React. power Q1 (var)

3.0





Voltage Vph-ph





2.0







1.0 Voltage Vph-n



10.4.1

Settings

Menu Tree of the Main Menu

NOTE The user-defined screens (35.0 through 38.0) are only visible on the display if they were activated using the HTML pages (see chapter 9.3.4.2). SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

343

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 344 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization

10.4.2

Measured Quantities Submenus NOTE To return to the main menu from within any submenu, press the F4 Menu softkey.

Submenu Display Number 1 through 11, 20 and 33: Measured Quantities •

Voltage Vph-n, Voltage Vph-ph

•

Current I

•

Active Power P, React. Power Q, App. Power S, Total Power P, Q, S

•

Power factor PF, Tot. Pwr.factor PF tot

•

Disp. angles

•

Frequency

•

Active factor cos j Enter 1 to 11, 20, 33

1.0 to 11.0, 20.0, 33.0

Measurement

Min

Max 1.1 to 11.1, 20.1, 33.1

Instantaneous measurement

Inst. 1.2 to 11.2, 20.2, 33.2

Maximum

Minimum

Menu

Figure 10-7

Submenus of the Display Numbers 1 to 11, 20 and 33, Various Measured Quantities

Submenu Display Number 12 and 13: THDS Voltage and THDS Current Enter

Max

12, 13

Inst.

12.0, 13.0

THDS-V THDS-I

12.1, 13.1

THDS-Vph-n THDS-I

THDS-Vph-n max THDS-I max

Menu

Figure 10-8

Submenu Display Number 12 and 13, THDS V and THDS I

Submenu Display Number 14: Phasor Diagram Enter 14

Tab.

Graph

14.0 Graphic Phasor diagram

Phasor diagram

14.1 Table Phasor diagram

Menu

Figure 10-9

344

Submenu Display Number 14, Phasor Diagram

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 345 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization

Submenu Display Number 15 and 16: Harmonics V and Harmonics I (Bar Charts) Enter

Max

15, 16

Inst.

15.0, 16.0

Harm. voltage V Harm. current I

15.1, 16.1

Harm. voltage Harm. current

Harm. voltage max Harm. current max

Info

ESC

Selection of harmonics

Details to all harmonics

Details

Menu

Figure 10-10





15.2, 16.2

Submenu Display Number 15 and 16, Harmonics V and Harmonics I

Submenu Display Number 17: Active Energy Enter

DMD

17

SUP

17.0

Active energy Wh

17.1

Active energy sup

Active energy dmd

Menu

Figure 10-11

Submenu Display Number 17, Active Energy

Submenu Display Number 18: Reactive Energy Enter

CAP

18

IND

18.0

React. energy varh

18.1

React. energy ind.

React. energy cap.

Menu

Figure 10-12

Submenu Display Number 18, Reactive Energy

Submenu Display Number 19: Apparent Energy Enter 19 App. energy VAh

Figure 10-13

Menu 19.0 Apparent energy Values

Submenu Display Number 19, Apparent Energy

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

345

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 346 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization

Submenu Display Number 21 to 28: Tariff 1 to Tariff 8 Enter

Menu

21 to 28

21.0 to 28.0

Tariff 1 to Tariff 8

Tariff 1 to Tariff 8

Figure 10-14

Submenu Display Number 21 to 28, Tariff 1 to Tariff 8

Submenu Display Number 29 to 32: Flicker

29.0

29.0

Short flicker ph-n

Menu

Pst ph-n a, b, c Enter 30.0

Short flicker ph-ph

30.0 Pst ph-ph ab, bc, ca

31.0 Long flicker ph-n

31.0 Plt ph-n a, b, c

32.0 Long flicker ph-ph

Figure 10-15

32.0 Plt ph-ph ab, bc, ca

Submenu Display Number 29 to 32, Flicker

Submenu Display Number 34: Binary in-/outputs Enter

Menu

34 Binary in-/ outputs state

Figure 10-16

346

34.0 State I/O: BI, BO: Off/On

Submenu Display Number 34, Binary In-/Outputs

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 347 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization

10.4.3

Submenus for Diagnostics NOTE To return to the main menu from within any submenu, press the F1 Esc softkey.

Submenu Display Number 50: Operational Logs

50





Enter

Enter

Esc

50.0

Operational logs

50.1

List of operational logs

Analysis of operational logs

Esc

Figure 10-17

Submenu Display Number 50, Operational Logs

Submenu Display Number 60: PQ Events

60





Enter

Enter

Esc

60.0

PQ events

List of PQ events

60.1 Analysis of PQ events

Esc

Figure 10-18

Submenu Display Number 60, PQ Events

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

347

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 348 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization

10.4.4

Menu Tree of the Settings Submenu NOTE To return to the main menu, press the F1 Esc softkey from within any item of the Settings submenu.

Enter 

Device information

80.2







80.1

Settings

Language / Regional

80.3





80.0

Basic parameters

80.4 Load profile



Figure 10-19



80.7 Display





80.6





80.8 Advanced

Communication

80.5 Date/Time

Menu Tree of Submenu 80.0, Settings

NOTE You cannot make any settings in the Device information 80.1 submenu. All other submenus will prompt you to enter a password before editing settings when the device has restarted.

Submenu Display Number 80.2: Language/Regional

Edit

+

Ok

80.2 



Enter

80.2

Language English

Deutsch English

80.2 Language / Regional

Edit

+

Ok

80.2 Esc

Figure 10-20

348

Phase labels a, b, c

80.2 L1,L2... a,b,c

Submenu Display Number 80.2, Language/Regional

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 349 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization

Submenu Display Number 80.3: Basic Parameters  Enter



82.0

82.0 Connection type Use PTs? etc.

Voltage inputs X



 Enter



80.3

Edit



Enter

Edit

82.1

Basic parameters

82.1 Current inputs Use CTs?

Current inputs Y

Enter

Edit

82.2

82.2

Zero point sup . X or Y

+ -

Ok



Esc

Zero point sup . Setting value

Select. parameters acc . to following table

Figure 10-21

Submenu Display Number 80.3, Basic Parameters

NOTE The selection of the transformers only becomes active after a delay of 5 s.

Table 10-3

Basic Parameter Settings Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

Voltage Inputs Connection type

3P4W

1P2W (1-phase system) 3P3WB (three-wire, equal load) 3P3W_2I (three-wire, any load (2*I)) 3P3W_3I (three-wire, any load (3*I)) 3P4WB (four-wire, equal load) 3P4W (four-wire, any load)

Use PTs?

No (no checkmark)

Yes (checkmark) No (no checkmark)

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

349

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 350 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization

Table 10-3

Basic Parameter Settings (cont.) Parameter

Use PTs: PT primary PT secondary Primary nominal voltage (Phase-N/PE)

Default Setting

Setting Range

AC 10 000 V AC 100 V

AC 100 V to 1 000,000 V AC 1 V to 460 V

230.00 V

AC 57.73 V to 400 V (autorange)



IEC 61000-4-30 Class A: to AC 230 V: 200 % overvoltage



> AC 230 V to 400 V: 200 % to 15 % overvoltage

UL conditions:

 

to AC 170 V: 200 % overvoltage > AC 170 V to 300 V: 200 % to 15 % overvoltage

Current Inputs Use CTs?

No (no checkmark)

Yes (checkmark) No (no checkmark)

Use CTs: CT primary CT secondary Separate CT In1)?

AC 1 000.00 A AC 1.00 A No (no checkmark)

AC 1.0 A to 100 000.0 A AC 1.0 A to 10.00 A Yes (checkmark) No (no checkmark)

AC 1 000.00 A

AC 1.0 A to 100 000.0 A

Separate CT In? CT Primary In

Zero-Point Suppression Zero-point suppression (in % of Vrated and Irated) 1)

350

0.3 %

0.0 % to 10.0 %

Separate CT In is available only if the following Connection type is selected: 3P4W (four-wire, any load).

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 351 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization

Submenu Display Number 80.4: Load Profile

NOTE If you select the Load profile parameter, this note is displayed first: Changing these parameters resets the load profile! To confirm, press the softkey F4 (Ok).

Edit 80.4 Sub period time

Edit 80.4



No. of sub periods



Enter 80.4

Edit

Load profile 80.4 Sync.source

Edit 80.4 Reactive power

Esc

+ -

Ok Select parameters acc . to following table.

Figure 10-22

Table 10-4

Submenu Display Number 80.4, Load Profile

Load Profile Settings Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

Subperiod

15 min

1 min to 6 min in 1-min steps, 10 min, 12 min, 15 min, 20 min, 30 min, 60 min

Subperiods

1

1 to 5

Sync.source

Interne Uhr

None Protocol BinIn1 (binary input1) BinIn2 (binary input 2) Int. clock

Reactive power

Q1

Q1 Qn Qtot

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

351

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 352 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization

Submenu Display Number 80.5: Date/Time Edit 80.5 Time source

Edit 80.5 Date  Edit



Enter 80.5

80.5

Date/Time

Format

Edit 80.5 Time Edit 80.5 Time zone

Esc

+ -

Ok



Select parameters acc . to following table.

Figure 10-23

Table 10-5

Submenu Display Number 80.5, Date/Time

Date/Time Settings Parameter

352

Default Setting

Setting Range

Time source

internal

internal Ethernet NTP Fieldbus

Date

Current date

setting according to format

Format

YYYY-MM-DD24

YYYY-MM-DD24 YYYY-MM-DD12 DD.MM.YYYY24 DD.MM.YYYY12 MM/DD/YY24 MM/DD/YY12

Time

Current time

setting according to format

Time zone

00:00

-12 to +13 (hours) (in increments of 0.5 h)

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 353 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization

Submenu Display Number 80.6: Communication Esc

Ok Change the para meters acc. to following table 

87.0

87.0 MAC addr. IP addr. Subnet Gateway

IP Address 

Edit

Enter



Enter

Edit



Enter

80.6

87.1

Communication

87.1

Communication Ethernet

Bus protocol: - Modbus TCP - IEC61850

Enter

Edit

87.2

87.2 Bus protocol: - Modbus RTU - Modbus Master -None

Communication Serial

Enter 87.13

87.13

Modbus TCP/ RTU gateway

Activated Not activated

+ Edit



Esc Ok



Esc



Select parameters acc. to following table.

Figure 10-24

+

Ok Working on choice

Submenu Display Number 80.6, Communication

NOTE The MAC address is shown on the display but cannot be edited. For this purpose, a prompt is displayed which you must acknowledge with Ok.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

353

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 354 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization

Table 10-6

IP Address Settings Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

MAC address

fixed

IP address 1)

192.168.0.55

Any 0.0.0.0 = DHCP

Subnet 1)

255.255.255.0

Any

Gateway 1)

192.168.0.1

Any

1)

After the communication parameters have been changed, the device restarts. For this purpose, a prompt is displayed which you must acknowledge with Ok.

Table 10-7

Ethernet Communication Settings Parameter

Default Setting

Bus protocol

Modbus TCP

Setting Range none Modbus TCP IEC 61850 Both

Ethernet Communication - Modbus TCP Bus Protocol Access rights for port 502

full

full read only

Keepalive time

10 s

0 s = switched off 1 s to 65,535 s

Communication monitoring time

600 * 100 ms

0 s = none 100 ms to 6 553 400 ms

Use user port number 1)

No

No Yes

User port number 1) (only settable if Set user port number is parameterized with yes)

10 000

10 000 to 65 535

Access right for user port (only settable if Set user port number is parameterized with yes)

full

full read only

Ethernet Communication - IEC 61850 Bus Protocol

354

IED Name

SICAM_Q100_01

read only

Voltage - Deadband

5%

1 % to 5 % in increments of 1 %

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 355 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization

Table 10-7

Ethernet Communication Settings (cont.)

Current - Deadband

5%

1 % to 5 % in increments of 1 %

Power - Deadband

5%

1 % to 5 % in increments of 1 %

Power factor - Deadband

5%

2% to 5 % in increments of 1 %

Frequency - Deadband

0,05

0.02 % 0.05 %

1)

After enabling the parameter changes, any currently active Modbus TCP connections will be closed. The Modbus TCP client must later re-open these connections.

Table 10-8

Serial Communication Settings – Modbus RTU and Modbus RTU Master Bus Protocols Parameter

Bus protocol

Default Setting Modbus RTU

Setting Range None Modbus RTU Modbus Master

Bus Protocol Modbus RTU (Slave) Device address

1

1 to 247

Baud rate

19 200 bit/s

For the selection, see chapter 16

Parity

Even

For the selection, see chapter 16

Access rights

Full

Full Read only

Communication supervision time

600 * 100 ms

0 s = none 100 ms to 6 553 400 ms

Bus Protocol Modbus RTU Master Baud rate

19 200 bit/s

For the selection, see chapter 16

Parity

even

For the selection, see chapter 16

Additional inter-character timeout

1 ms

0 ms to 100 ms

Maximum 0x/1x register gap

40

0 to 200

Maximum 3x/4x register gap

10

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

355

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 356 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization

Table 10-9

Modbus TCP/RTU Gateway Settings Parameter

Setting Range

Activated

no

no yes

Unit ID of this device

255

1 to 255

Retry limit 1)

2

0 to 10

Response timeout 1)

50 ms

(1 to 6 000) * 10 ms = 10 ms to 60 s

1)

356

Default Setting

These values are necessary if no Modbus slave device has been configured for the requested Unit ID. If a Modbus slave device was configured, its values are used.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 357 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization

Submenu Display Number 80.7: Display

Edit 80.7 Contrast

Edit 80.7 Time until dimmed



Edit



Enter 80.7

80.7

Display

Invert display

Edit 80.7 Refresh time

Enter 80.7 Display test... F4 View point raster



Esc

+ -

Ok Select parameters acc . to following table.

Figure 10-25

Submenu Display Number 80.7, Display

Table 10-10 Display Settings Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

Contrast

8

0 to 10

Time until dimmed

10

0 min to 99 min

Invert display

No (no checkmark)

Yes (checkmark) No (no checkmark)

Refresh time

1 000

330 ms to 3 000 ms

Display test

View point raster

No setting range

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

357

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 358 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization

Submenu Display Number 80.8: Advanced

Figure 10-26

Submenu Display Number 80.8, Advanced

Table 10-11 Advanced Settings Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

Limit Values 1 to 16 Source

-none-

For the selection, see chapter 16

Mode

lower than

greater than smaller than

Value

0

-1 000 000 000 to +1 000 000 000 (unit)

Reset hysteresis

1.0 %

0.0 % to 10.0 %

State

ON

ON OFF (O) acc. to current configuration Record

Record on

358

-

Yes (checkmark) No

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 359 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization

Table 10-11 Advanced Settings (cont.) Reset Clear min/max values

-

Yes (checkmark) No

Reset counters

-

Yes (checkmark) No

Execute... (prompt whether selected function is executed)

-

Confirm with Enter

Password Protection If you have selected the option Use password = no on the user interface (see chapter 6.2.2), you can use the softkeys to parameterize the device without entering a password. If you have selected the option Use password = yes on the user interface (see chapter 6.2.2), you must first enter the HIMI password (default setting 000000) before you can edit the device settings. A prompt is displayed for this purpose. After you have entered the correct password, you can edit the parameterization using the softkeys within the next 15 minutes. After this time you have to re-enter the password at the device.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

359

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 360 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization

10.4.5

User-defined Screens Submenus

NOTE The user-defined screens (35.0 through 38.0) are only visible on the display if they were activated using the HTML pages (see chapter 9.3.4.2).

35.0

...

User def. screen 1 ENTER

MENU

36.0 User def. screen 2

Values or bars 37.0

User def. screen 3 38.0 User def. screen 4

Figure 10-27

36.0

... ...

Submenus User-defined Screens 1 to 4

Depending on which display type was selected, the measured values are displayed numerically or as bars.

360

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 361 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

11 Time Synchronization

11

Time Synchronization

11.1

General

362

11.2

Internal Time Keeping

362

11.3

External Time Synchronization per NTP

363

11.4

External Time Synchronization via Fieldbus

364

11.5

Internal Time Synchronization via RTC

364

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

361

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 362 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

11 Time Synchronization 11.1 General

11.1

General During operation, SICAM Q100 needs the date and time for all time-relevant processes. The term time is used throughout this section to refer to both the date and the time. The time synchronization in the SICAM Q100 is necessary to guarantee a common time basis for the communication with peripheral devices and time stamping of the process data. SICAM Q100 supports both external and internal time synchronization. The type of time synchronization is specified during the parameterization (see chapter 9.3.7.1). The external time synchronization from an NTP server is preferred.

11.2

Internal Time Keeping

11.2.1

Time Format The internal time is kept in UTC (Universal Time Coordinated) from 01.01.2000, 00:00 to 31.12.2099, 23:59. To display the local time, for example on the HTML pages, you can configure a local time correction factor and the automatic adjustment to daylight saving time during parameterization (see chapter 9.3.7.1).

11.2.2

Status Bits

FAIL Status Bit The FAIL status bit implemented in the SICAM Q100 signals with "0" that the time is valid and with "1" that the time is invalid. The status of the FAIL bit corresponds to the "Clock error" operational indication, see chapter 14.1. The following table lists the time stamps of events or indications for the displayed operational, error logs, and audit logs according to status bit set/not set using the example of date 2010-09-26, time 13:49.35246:

Tabelle 11-1 FAIL Status Bit for Time Synchronization via NTP Server FAIL

Output

0

2010-09-26 13:49.35:246

1

2010-09-26 13?49?35?246

DST Status Bit With "1", the DST status bit implemented in the SICAM Q100 signals that the local daylight saving time is active. The operational indication "Daylight saving time" is displayed.

362

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 363 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

11 Time Synchronization 11.3 External Time Synchronization per NTP

11.3

External Time Synchronization per NTP

General To synchronize the time via an external source, SICAM Q100 is equipped with an SNTP client (SNTP = Simple Network Time Protocol) that can be connected to 2 NTP servers (NTP = Network Time Protocol), the primary and the secondary (redundant) NTP server. The chapter 9.3.7.1 describes how to set the parameters of the 2 servers. NTP is used for external time synchronization via Ethernet. The SNTP client sends a time request to the NTP server once a minute. The time synchronization error is ±5 ms referred to UTC time of the NTP server. The time stamp of the NTP server has a 64-bit format. Counting is accomplished in seconds and fractions of seconds.

NOTE The time format is described in detail in the RFC 5905 (Request for Comments 5905 for NTP).

Time Synchronization Procedure The device was set to external time synchronization (Ethernet NTP) during the parameterization. After switching on or resetting the device, the FAIL bit is first set to "1" (=invalid) and the device sends a time request to the NTP server. After receiving the time information from the NTP server via Ethernet, the FAIL bit is set to "0" (=valid) and the internal timer (RTC) is updated. The SNTP client repeats the time request to the NTP server cyclically once every minute. If the primary NTP server fails (for example, no response to a request twice or one of the criteria at "Redundant NTP server" satisfied) and if the secondary NTP server is operational (always polled in parallel), the device switches to the secondary NTP server. The FAIL bit remains = 0. In this case, the operational indication "Primary NTP Server Error" is displayed, see chapter 14.1. If the secondary NTP server is also invalid, the FAIL bit will be set to 1 after the programmable timer Error indication after has expired, and the "Clock Error" indication is output. Redundant NTP Servers The time synchronization supports a primary and a secondary NTP server. Different IP addresses are set for the two NTP servers, see chapter 9.3.7.1. SICAM Q100 cyclically polls both NTP servers once every minute, but during normal operation it is synchronized by the primary NTP server. The device automatically switches to the secondary NTP server if one of the following criteria are met: •

No response from the primary NTP server to 2 successive requests

•

The "Alarm" indication is set in the time information of the primary NTP server.

•

The primary NTP server responds with 0.

•

The message runtime in the network is > 5 ms.

•

The stratum of the primary NTP server is 0 (unknown) or > 3.

Switching to the secondary NTP server is prevented if: •

The secondary server does not provide better time information (see criteria that initiate the switch from primary to secondary NTP server; "Secondary NTP Server Error" indication was already output) or

•

The secondary server has recently been available for less than 10 minutes.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

363

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 364 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

11 Time Synchronization 11.4 External Time Synchronization via Fieldbus

In these cases, SICAM Q100 is not external synchronized anymore. The device uses the internal clock (on milliseconds time basis) and the last valid drift. After the programmable time delay, the device reports "Clock Error", see chapter 14.1. Switching Back from the Secondary to the Primary NTP Server While the device is synchronized by the secondary NTP server, it continues to cyclically poll the primary NTP server. The device will only switch back to the primary NTP server if it receives correct time information and if none of the criteria for Redundant NTP Servers are fulfilled anymore.

NOTE Chapter 2 of the system manual SICAM Q100 7KG95xx, order number E50417-C1040-C522, provides information on the data format.

11.4

External Time Synchronization via Fieldbus The external time synchronization via fieldbus is used if the device is connected to the systems control via protocol Modbus RTU using the RS485 interface. The time information can also be transmitted from the systems control via Modbus TCP or IEC 61850 using Ethernet interface. When using the Ethernet connection, Siemens recommend, however, synchronizing the device from an NTP server, see chapter 11.3. When using the external time synchronization via fieldbus, the client should send a message containing the time information to the device in 1-minute cycles. The time synchronization error using the Modbus RTU protocol is ±20 ms max.

NOTE Chapter 2 of the system manual SICAM Q100 7KG95xx, order number E50417-C1040-C522, provides information on the data format.

11.5

Internal Time Synchronization via RTC Besides external time synchronization, the internal time synchronization is also possible using the battery-buffered RTC (Real Time Clock). Due to the reduced accuracy, RTC should only be used in case of failure or unavailability of the external time synchronization.

NOTE Chapter 2 of the system manual SICAM Q100 7KG95xx, order number E50417-C1040-C522, provides information on the data format.

364

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 365 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

12 Maintenance, Storage, Transport

12

Maintenance, Storage, Transport

12.1

Maintenance

366

12.2

Storage

366

12.3

Transport

366

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

365

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 366 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

12 Maintenance, Storage, Transport 12.1 Maintenance

12.1

Maintenance Except for a battery replacement, the SICAM Q100 is maintenance-free. Wipe the device using a clean, dry and soft cloth if necessary. Do not use solvents. The battery change is described in chapter .

12.2

Storage Store the device in a dry and clean location. Store the device within a temperature range from -40 °C to +70 °C (-40 °F to +158 °F). The relative humidity must not lead to condensation or ice formation. To avoid premature aging of the electrolytic capacitors, store the device within the recommended temperature range of +10 °C to +35 °C (+50 °F to +95 °F). Siemens furthermore recommends connecting the device to supply voltage once a year for 1 to 2 days in order to form the inserted electrolytic capacitors. This procedure should also be carried out before operating the device.

NOTE In this context, pay attention to the commissioning notes in chapter 7.7. The Lithium batteries used in Siemens devices are subject to Special Provision 188 of the UN Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods Model Regulations and Special Provision A45 of the IATA Dangerous Goods Regulation and the ICAO Technical Instructions. This is only valid for the original battery or original spare batteries.

12.3

Transport If devices are to be shipped elsewhere, you can reuse the transport packaging. When using different packaging, you must ensure that the transport requirements according to ISO 2248 are adhered to. The storage packing of the individual devices is not adequate for transport purposes.

366

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 367 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

13 Failures and LED Indications

13

Failures and LED Indications

13.1

General Inspection

13.2

Indications Signaled by LEDs

13.3

Troubleshooting, Repair, and Fallback Mode

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

367

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 368 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

13 Failures and LED Indications 13.1 General Inspection

13.1

General Inspection

Visual Inspection If function failures occur, first check the device visually. Observe the following points when inspecting the device visually: •

Correct installation of the device as described in chapter 7.2 at the intended location

•

Compliance with the environmental conditions specified in chapter 14.1.4 of the technical data

•

Correct connection of supply voltage and grounding conductors according to chapter 7.3

•

Correct connection of measuring and communication lines according to chapter 7.7.1

Function Checks Additionally, check the following aspects:

368

•

Functioning of the display according to chapter 10.2 and good visibility of the display

•

Correct functioning of peripheral devices (e.g. connected PC, series-connected current transformers)

•

Compliance with the system requirements specified in chapter 7.4

•

Compliance with the access rights according to chapter 7.5

•

Compliance with the commissioning sequence of the device according to chapter 7.7

•

Evaluation of the LED failure indications, see chapter 13.2

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 369 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

13 Failures and LED Indications 13.2 Indications Signaled by LEDs

13.2

Indications Signaled by LEDs SICAM Q100 automatically monitors the functions of its hardware, software, and firmware components. The LEDs on the top side of the housing and on the display side (only in devices with display) indicate the current device status.

Designation of the LEDs on the Top Side of Housing

RUN H1 Link/Activity

Figure 13-1

ERROR H2 Speed

Designation of the LEDs on the Top Side of Housing

Designation of the LEDs on the Display Side

RUN ERROR

H1

Figure 13-2

H2

Designation of the LEDs on the Display Side

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

369

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 370 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

13 Failures and LED Indications 13.2 Indications Signaled by LEDs

Meaning of the LEDs

LED (green, red, yellow): on LED (green, red, yellow): flashes C

C

LEDs H1/H2/ERROR: according to parameterization LED: off LED Speed (yellow): off: 10 Mbit/s on: 100 Mbit/s LED Link/Activity (green): LED on: Ethernet link is up LED flashing: Ethernet link is up and data is transferred LED off: no Ethernet partners connected

NOTE The designations and functions of the LEDs on the top side and on the display side of the housing are identical. Therefore, only the LEDs on the top side of the housing are described in the following table.

370

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 371 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

13 Failures and LED Indications 13.2 Indications Signaled by LEDs

Table 13-1

Indications Signaled by LEDs on the Top Side of the Housing LED

Meaning No Operation

RUN

ERROR

H1

H2

RUN

ERROR

H1

H2

Device is switched off.

Device is switched on, but firmware is not loaded. or Device is in startup phase. Normal Operation

RUN

ERROR

H1

H2

C

C

RUN

ERROR

H1

H2

C

C

RUN ERROR ERROR

H1

H2

C

C

RUN

ERROR ERROR

H1

H2

C

C

Configured IP address is used. or IP address is received via DHCP. H1 and H2 LEDs are configured.

Normal operation with default IP address The default IP address was requested by pressing the F4 softkey during normal operation.

Double IP address has been detected in the network. The device is in operation but cannot be reached via Ethernet. Solve this network configuration issue and restart the device. Each device must have a unique IP address.

An IP address request via DHCP is in progress. ERROR = off, H1 and H2 LEDs according to configuration RUN LED stops flashing when IP address is received.

The device runs into the Fallback mode after an unresolvable error in normal operation occurs or by pressing the F4 softkey during device startup.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

371

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 372 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

13 Failures and LED Indications 13.2 Indications Signaled by LEDs

Table 13-1

Indications Signaled by LEDs on the Top Side of the Housing (cont.) LED

Meaning Fallback Mode Fallback mode with default IP address Default address was requested by pressing the F4 softkey during Fallback mode.

Firmware Upload HTTPS certificate is being generated after the IP address is changed. RUN

H1

ERROR

H2

C

372

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 373 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

13 Failures and LED Indications 13.3 Troubleshooting, Repair, and Fallback Mode

13.3

Troubleshooting, Repair, and Fallback Mode

13.3.1

Troubleshooting and Repair

General Troubleshooting You are not authorized to troubleshoot the defective device beyond the measures described in chapter 13 and make repairs yourself. Special electronic modules are inserted in the SICAM Q100 which can only be replaced by the manufacturer according to the guidelines for Electrostatic sensitive devices (ESD). If you suspect any damage on the device, Siemens recommends sending the entire device to the manufacturer. For this purpose, it is best to use the original transport packaging or similar packaging. Troubleshooting Based on Error Messages

NOTE Error messages are service information that you quote to the service department upon request in case of an error. The error messages can be saved as described in chapter 9.2.7.2, section File download -> Save. The error messages can be printed as described in chapter 9.2.7.2, section File download -> Open.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

373

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 374 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

13 Failures and LED Indications 13.3 Troubleshooting, Repair, and Fallback Mode

13.3.2

Fallback Mode

13.3.2.1 Functional Description The firmware of the SICAM Q100 contains a complete application for the operation of the device and runs in 2 modifications, depending on the operating state: •

Normal operation: complete functional scope

•

Fallback mode: minimum functional scope

The fallback mode is started automatically in case of severe system errors during the device start. Once the fallback mode is started, the indication FALLBACK appears on the device display. The user interface Fallback mode opens in the browser. You can see and save different device information for fault analysis in the tabs. Furthermore, you can start different maintenance functions. Fallback Mode during Device Restart If a severe system error occurs during a manual restart of the device, the device automatically switches to the fallback mode. Fallback Mode in Normal Operation In case of an unexpected restart of the device during normal operation, the fallback mode starts only if a severe system error occurs during the restart. Otherwise, the device switches to normal operation immediately. Manual Start of the Fallback Mode If necessary, you can start the fallback mode manually using the softkey F4.

13.3.2.2 Start and Maintenance of the Fallback Mode Start of the Fallback Mode The Fallback Mode is started automatically in case of severe system errors during the device start. In this case, the user interface fallback mode with the Information and Maintenance tabs appears in the open browser once you have entered the IP address. The Information tab is opened. To start the fallback mode manually, proceed as follows: ✧

Switch off the SICAM Q100 power supply.

✧

Press the softkey F4 on the SICAM Q100 and switch on the power supply while keeping the softkey F4 pressed.

✧

Keep the softkey F4 pressed (approx. 10 s) until the display shows FALLBACK.

✧

Release the softkey F4. SICAM Q100 starts the fallback mode.

✧

Refresh the user interface in the browser. The user interface Fallback mode with the Information and Maintenance tabs opens in the open

374

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 375 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

13 Failures and LED Indications 13.3 Troubleshooting, Repair, and Fallback Mode

browser. The Information tab is opened with the information on different device properties and available or not available modules.

Figure 13-3

Fallback Mode, Information Tab (Detail)

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

375

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 376 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

13 Failures and LED Indications 13.3 Troubleshooting, Repair, and Fallback Mode

Maintenance In the Maintenance tab, you have the possibility to start the application or set the device in the default factory settings state. It is possible to set the device in the default factory settings state without a user account.

Figure 13-4

Fallback Mode, Maintenance Tab

Firmware Upload and Delete All User Accounts If you select a valid firmware package and click Upload, all user accounts are deleted. The progress is shown in the Status information.

NOTE The whole operation takes more than 3 min, and must not be interrupted, for example by a power loss; otherwise, the device cannot recover and must be sent back to the factory.

NOTE If you forgot the user credentials, it is the only way to set the device in the factory state to create a new role of Administrator or User Account Manager.

376

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 377 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

13 Failures and LED Indications 13.3 Troubleshooting, Repair, and Fallback Mode

To access to other functions, log on with the right user name and password. If you have no user account, you can create the initial user account in the Fallback mode.

Figure 13-5

Fallback Mode, Create the Initial User Account

After you log on successfully, the Maintenance tab will be added with the following sections depending on the user roles: •

Firmware upload

•

Run calibration

•

Save information

•

Parameter reset

•

Error log

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

377

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 378 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

13 Failures and LED Indications 13.3 Troubleshooting, Repair, and Fallback Mode

Figure 13-6

Fallback Mode, Firmware

Firmware upload This session is available for the user with a role of installer or administrator. You can find more information on uploading the firmware in chapter 9.5.1 Firmware Upload. Save information In this section, you can click Save device information to save the device-specific information to a local file. It is available for the user with a role of viewer, operator, installer, engineer, backup operator, or administrator. Parameter reset In this section, you can restart the device with the default parameter set. It is available for the user with a role of engineer, installer, or administrator. Error log In this section, you can delete the error messages in the error-log file. It is available for the user with a role of operator or administrator.

NOTE The section Run calibration is a service function. This function is exclusively used at the factory.

378

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 379 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

14 Technical Data

14

Technical Data

14.1

General Device Data

380

14.2

Test Data

387

14.3

Dimensions

390

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

379

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 380 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

14 Technical Data 14.1 General Device Data

14.1

General Device Data

14.1.1

Power Supply

Direct Voltage

Rated input voltages

24 V to 250 V

Admissible input voltage tolerance

±20 %

Permitted ripple of the input voltage

15 %

Maximum inrush current At  110 V

< 15 A

At 220 V to 300 V

 22 A; after 250 µs: < 5 A

Maximum power consumption

6W

Alternating Voltage

Rated input voltages

110 V to 230 V

System frequency at AC

50 Hz/60 Hz

Admissible input voltage tolerance

±20 %

Permitted harmonics

2 kHz

Maximum inrush current

380

At  115 V

< 15 A

At 230 V

 22 A; after 250 µs: < 5 A

Maximum power consumption

16 VA

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 381 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

14 Technical Data 14.1 General Device Data

14.1.2

Inputs and Outputs

Inputs for Alternating Voltage Measurements, Connector Block F - Cat III

Rated input alternating voltage range Phase-N/PE

AC 57.73 V to 400 V (autorange)



IEC 61000-4-30 Class A: to AC 230 V: 200 % overvoltage



> AC 230 V to 400 V: 200 % to 15 % overvoltage

UL conditions:

  Phase-phase

to AC 170 V: 200 % overvoltage > AC 170 V to 300 V: 200 % to 15 % overvoltage

AC 100 V to 690 V (autorange)



IEC 61000-4-30 Class A: to AC 400 V: 200 % overvoltage



> AC 400 V to 690 V: 200 % to 15 % overvoltage

UL conditions:

 

to AC 290 V: 200 % overvoltage > AC 290 V to 520 V: 200 % to 15 % overvoltage

Maximum input alternating voltage Phase-N/PE

460 V (347 V for UL)

Phase-phase

796 V (600 V for UL)

Input impedances a, b, c to N

3.0 M

a-b, b-c, c-a

3.0 M

Further information about the voltage measuring inputs Power consumption per input for Vmax 460 V

70 mW

Permissible power frequency

42.5 Hz to 69.0 Hz

Measuring error under environmental influences: see technical data

acc. to IEC 61000-4-30 Ed. 3 Class A (0.1 %)

Sampling rate

10.24 kHz

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

381

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 382 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

14 Technical Data 14.1 General Device Data

Inputs for Alternating Current Measurements, Connector Block E - Cat III

Input alternating currents Rated input current range

AC 1 A to 5 A (autorange)

Max. input current

AC 10 A

Power consumption per input at 5 A

100 mVA

Further information about the current measuring inputs Max. rated input voltage

150 V

Measuring error under environmental influences: see technical data

acc. to IEC 61000-4-30 Ed. 3 Class A (0.1 %)

Thermal stability

10 A continuous 100 A for max. 1 s

Sampling rate

10.24 kHz

Binary Inputs, Connector Block U - Cat III

Maximum input voltage

DC 300 V

Static input current

1.34 mA ± 20 %

UIL min (at threshold voltage 19 V)

DC 14 V

UIL max (at threshold voltage 19 V)

DC 19 V

UIL min (at threshold voltage 88 V)

DC 66 V

UIL max (at threshold voltage 88 V)

DC 88 V

UIL min (at threshold voltage 176 V)

DC 132 V

UIL max (at threshold voltage 176 V)

DC 176 V

Propagation delay low to high

2.8 ms ± 0.3 ms

Binary Outputs, Connector Block G - Cat III

Maximum contact voltage Alternating voltage

230 V

Direct voltage

250 V

Maximum currents Maximum continuous contact current

100 mA

Maximum pulse current for 0.1 s

300 mA

Further information about the binary outputs

382

Internal impedance

50

Admissible switching frequency

10 Hz

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 383 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

14 Technical Data 14.1 General Device Data

14.1.3

Communication Interfaces

Ethernet (Connector Z)

Ethernet, electrical

Connection

Device top side RJ45 connector socket 10/100Base-T acc. to IEEE802.3 LED yellow: 100 Mbit/s (off/on) LED green:  flashing: active  on: not active  off: no connection

Protocols

Modbus TCP IEC 61850 Server

Voltage strength

DC 700 V, AC 1500 V

Transmission rate

100 Mbit/s

Cable for 10/100 Base-T

100 to 150  STP, CAT5

Maximum cable length 10/100 Base-T

100 m, if well installed

Connection

Terminal side, 9-pin D-sub socket

Protocol

Modbus RTU Master and gateway function

Baud rate (adjustable)

Min. 1200 bit/s Max. 115 200 bit/s

Maximum distance of transmission

Max. 1 km (depending on transmission rate)

Transmission level

Low: -5 V to -1.5 V High: +1.5 V to +5 V

Reception level

Low:  -0.2 V High:  +0.2 V

Bus termination

Not integrated, bus termination using plugs with integrated bus terminating resistors (see figure 14-1 )

Serial Interface (Connector J)

RS485

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

383

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 384 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

14 Technical Data 14.1 General Device Data

Recommended Termination of the RS485 Interface (Connector J) The RS485 bus requires at least the bus termination shown in the figure below, with pull-up/pull-down resistors:

DC +5 V

390 

390 

220  Bus termination A

Figure 14-1

GND

B

Termination of the RS485 Interface

The bus termination must be respectively carried out at the first and last RS485 device interface of the bus. No terminating resistor may be used at all other devices in this line. Siemens recommends the use of a bus termination plug with integrated (activatable) resistors in accordance with figure 14-1, for example plugs with 35°-cable outlet type 6ES7972-0BA42-0XA0. Use a 2-wired, twisted and shielded cable (see chapter 2.2). In case of outdoor assembly Siemens recommends a rodent protection. You can find current installation material at SIEMENS IS in the "Catalog for Industrial Communication", chapter "PROFIBUS", see also: https://www.automation.siemens.com/mcms/automation/en/industrial-communications/Pages/Default.aspx. The 9-pin D-sub socket of the RS485 interface is connected as follows: Pin No.

384

Assignment

Pin No.

Assignment

1

Shield

6

DC +5 V Supply voltage for terminating resistors (max. 100 mA)

2

Not assigned

7

RTS Direction control (if required for an external conversion)

3

A RS485 connection pin A

8

B RS485 connection pin B

4

Not assigned

9

Not assigned

5

GND (towards DC +5 V)

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 385 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

14 Technical Data 14.1 General Device Data

14.1.4

Environmental Conditions and Climatic Stress Tests

Environmental Conditions

Temperature data

Operating temperature

-25 °C to +55 °C -13 °F to +131 °F

Devices with display: the legibility of the display is impaired at temperatures < 0 °C (+32 °F).

Air humidity data

Altitude and operation site

Temperature during transport

-40 °C to +70 °C -40 °F to +158 °F

Temperature during storage

-40 °C to +70 °C -40 °F to +158 °F

Maximum temperature gradient

20 K/h

Mean relative humidity per year

 75 %

Maximum relative humidity

95 % 30 days a year

Condensation during operation

Not permitted

Condensation during transport and storage

Permitted

Max. altitude above sea level

2000 m

Operation site

Only indoors

Climatic Stress Tests

Standards: IEC 60068 Dry cold: IEC 60068-2-1 test Ad Dry heat during operation, storage, and transport: IEC 60068-2-2 test Bd Damp heat: IEC 60068-2-78 test Ca Change of temperature: IEC 60068-2-14 test Na and Nb

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

385

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 386 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

14 Technical Data 14.1 General Device Data

14.1.5

General Data Battery

Type

PANASONIC CR2032 or VARTA 6032 101 501

Voltage

3V

Capacity

230 mAh

Typical life

For operation with permanently applied supply voltage: 10 years For operation with sporadically interrupted supply voltage: a total of 2 months over a 10-year period

Internal memory

capacity

2 GB

Degree of protection Housing (without front panel and terminals)

386

IP20

Panel flush mounting (front)

IP40

Terminals

IP20

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 387 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

14 Technical Data 14.2 Test Data

14.2

Test Data

Reference Conditions according to IEC 62586-1 for Determining the Test Data

Ambient temperature

23 °C ± 2 °C

Relative humidity

40 % to 60 % RH

Supply voltage

VPS ± 1 %

Phases (3-wire network)

3

External continuous magnetic fields

DC field:  40 A/m

DC components V/I

none

Signal waveform

sinus

Frequency

50 Hz ± 0.5 Hz

Voltage magnitude

Udin ± 1 %

AC field:  3 A/m

60 Hz ± 0.5 Hz

14.2.1

Flicker

Pst < 0.1 %

Unbalance (all channels)

100 % ± 0.5 % of Udin

Harmonic

0 % to 3 % of Udin

Interharmonic

0 % to 0.5 % of Udin

Electrical Tests

Standards Standards:

IEC EN 61000-6-2 IEC EN 61000-6-4 IEC EN 61010-1 IEC EN 61010-2-030

Insulation Test according to IEC EN 61010-1 and IEC EN 61010-2-030 Inputs/Outputs

Insulation

Rated Voltage

ISO Test Voltage

Category

Current measurement inputs

Reinforced

150 V

AC 2.3 kV

Cat. III

Voltage measurement inputs

Reinforced

600 V

Surge voltage 9.76 kV

Cat. III

300 V

Cat. IV

Supply voltage

Reinforced

300 V

DC 3.125 kV

Cat. III

Binary outputs

Reinforced

300 V

AC 3.536 kV

Cat. III

Binary inputs

Reinforced

300 V

AC 3.536 kV

Cat. III

Ethernet interface

SELV

< 24 V

AC 1500 V

-

RS485 interface

SELV

< 24 V

DC 700 V

-

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

387

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 388 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

14 Technical Data 14.2 Test Data

EMC Tests for Immunity (Type Tests) Standards:

IEC EN 61000-6-2 For more standards see also individual functions

Electrostatic discharge, Class III, IEC 61000-4-2

6 kV contact discharge; 8 kV air discharge, both polarities; 150 pF; Ri = 330  with connected Ethernet cable

High frequency electromagnetic field, amplitude-modulated, Class III IEC 61000-4-3

10 V/m; 80 MHz to 3 GHz; 80 % AM; 1 kHz

Fast transient bursts, Class III IEC 61000-4-4

2 kV; 5 ns/50 ns; 5 kHz; Burst length = 15 ms; Repetition rate 300 ms; Both polarities; Ri = 50 ; Test duration 1 min

High energy surge voltages (SURGE), Installation Class III IEC 61000-4-5

Impulse: 1.2 µs/50 µs

Auxiliary voltage

Common mode: 2 kV; 12 ; 9 µF Diff. mode:1 kV; 2 ; 18 µF

Measuring inputs, binary inputs, and relay outputs

Common mode: 2 kV; 42 ; 0.5 µF Diff. mode: 1 kV; 42 ; 0,5 µF

Line-conducted high frequencies, amplitude-modulated, Class III IEC 61000-4-6

10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 % AM; 1 kHz

Power system frequency magnetic field IEC 61000-4-8, Class IV;

30 A/m continuous; 300 A/m for 3 s

1 MHz test, Class III, IEC 61000-4-18

2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz;  = 15 µs; 400 Surges per s; Test duration 1 min; Ri = 200 

EMC Test for Noise Emission (Type Test)

388

Standard:

IEC EN 61000-6-4

Disturbance voltage to lines, only auxiliary voltage IEC-CISPR 22

150 kHz to 30 MHz Limit Class A

Disturbance-field strength IEC-CISPR 22

30 MHz to 1000 MHz Limit Class A

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 389 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

14 Technical Data 14.2 Test Data

14.2.2

Mechanical Stress Tests

Vibration and Shock Stress during Stationary Operation Standards:

IEC 60068

Oscillation IEC 60068-2-6 test Fc

Sinusoidal 10 Hz to 60 Hz: 0.075 mm amplitude; 60 Hz to 150 Hz: 1 g acceleration Frequency sweep rate 1 octave/min 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes.

Shock IEC 60068-2-27 test Ea

Semi-sinusoidal 5 g acceleration, duration 11 ms, each 3 shocks in both directions of the 3 axes

Seismic Vibration IEC 60068-3-3 test Fc

Sinusoidal 1 Hz to 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude (horizontal axis) 1 Hz to 8 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude (vertical axis) 8 Hz to 35 Hz: 2 g acceleration (horizontal axis) 8 Hz to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration (vertical axis) Frequency sweep 1 octave/min 1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes

Vibration and Shock Stress during Transport

14.2.3

Standards:

IEC 60068

Oscillation IEC 60068-2-6 test Fc

Sinusoidal 5 Hz to 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude; 8 Hz to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration Frequency sweep 1 octave/min 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes

Shock IEC 60068-2-27 test Ea

Semi-sinusoidal 15 g acceleration, duration 11 ms, each 3 shocks (in both directions of the 3 axes)

Continuous Shock IEC 60068-2-29 test Eb

Semi-sinusoidal 10 g acceleration, duration 16 ms, each 1000 shocks (in both directions of the 3 axes)

Free fall IEC 60068-2-32 test Ed

0.5 m

Safety Standards Standards: EN 61010 IEC EN 61010-1, IEC EN 61010-2-30

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

389

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 390 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

14 Technical Data 14.3 Dimensions

14.3

Dimensions Mass

approx. 0.55 kg

Dimension (W x H x D)

96 mm x 96 mm x 103 mm 3.78 inch x 3.78 inch x 4.06 inch

8.30 (0.33)

98.68 (3.89)

92.15 (3.63)

96 .00 (3.78)

88.10 (3.47)

103.21 (4.06)

Dimensions in mm (inch)

96.00 (3.78)

101.56 (4 .00)

15.11 (0.59)

Figure 14-2

390

Dimensional Drawing of SICAM Q100

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 391 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

14 Technical Data 14.3 Dimensions

92,0 +0,8 mm (3.62 +0.03 inch)

92,0 +0,8 mm (3.62 +0.03 inch)

Figure 14-3

Cut-out in Switch Panel

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

391

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 392 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

14 Technical Data 14.3 Dimensions

392

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 393 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

15 Operational Indications

15

Operational Indications Indication

Description

Notes

Device OK

The device startup was successful.

Indication on: Device ready

Battery Failure

Battery voltage < 2.7 V or no battery inserted

Indication on: Battery failure

Time Synchronization Error

Error during the time synchronization from the NTP server or fieldbus

Indication off: At least one time message was received during the set timer ("Error indication after"). The time stamp is set when the first valid time information or time synchronization is received. Indication on: No time message was received during the set timer ("Error indication after"). The time stamp is set after the "Error indication after" timer has expired and no synchronization message was received. Parameter range: see chapter 9.3.7.1 Error sources with RTC: - no valid time after device startup Error sources with NTP or fieldbus: - „Error indication after" timer expires and no synchronization message was received

Error during internal time synchronization

Indication on: RTC time invalid Indication off: After setting the clock via HTML (see chapter 9.3.7.1) During battery failure at device startup

Default IP Address

The IP-Addr. push button has been pressed for more than 3 s.

Indication on: IP-Addr. push button was pressed The device restarts and applies the default IP address.

Primary NTP Server Error

Faulty or no response from the primary NTP server

Indication on: Error Indication off: Valid time messages have been received for a period of 10 min Only for time synchronization via Ethernet NTP (see chapter 9.3.7.1)

Secondary NTP Server Error

Faulty or no response from the secondary NTP server

Indication on: Error Indication off: Valid time messages have been received for a period of 10 min Only for time synchronization via Ethernet NTP (see chapter 9.3.7.1)

Daylight Saving Time

Switching between daylight saving time/standard time

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

Indication on: Daylight saving time Indication off: Standard time

393

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 394 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

15 Operational Indications

Indication

Description

Notes

Ethernet Link Error

Ethernet connection error

Indication on: Error Indication off: Ethernet link recognized

Modbus TCP OK

At least one Modbus TCP link has received Modbus messages.

Indication on: At least one Modbus message was received during the set monitoring time. The time stamp is set when the first valid message is received.

(Modbus TCP Server)

Indication off: No Modbus message was received during the set monitoring time. See chapter 9.3.7.2 Modbus RTU Master OK

All configured Modbus slave devices respond to request telegrams.

Indication on: If all configured Modbus slave devices respond successfully to request telegrams. Indication off: If at least one Modbus slave device does not respond to a request telegram or if at least one Modbus slave device responds with a Modbus exception code (see System Manual Q100; chapter 2.2.2). See chapter 9.3.7.3

IEC 61850 Communication OK

Communication via protocol IEC 61850 is correct.

Indication on: At least one message was received during the set monitoring time. The time stamp is set when the first valid message is received. Indication off: No message was received during the set monitoring time. See chapter 9.3.7.2

MQTT Communication OK

The communication to an MQTT broker is successfully established.

Indication ON: The communication to an MQTT broker is successfully established. Indication OFF: The communication to an MQTT broker is not established.

Settings Load

Starting to change the parameters of the passive set of parameters.

Indication on: Start of changes Indication off: Changes complete

Settings Check

The passive set of parameters is to be activated; the internal parameter check is running.

Indication on: Check started Indication off: Check complete

Settings Activate

The passive set of parameters is enabled and the device works with these parameters.

Indication on: Activation started Indication off: Activation complete

394

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 395 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

15 Operational Indications

Indication Limit Violation x

Description

Notes

Indication that a parameterized limiting value has been violated

Indication on: The limit of the monitored measured value has been violated or no measured value is parameterized as input of the limiting value. Indication off: The limit of the monitored measured value is not violated. Message invalid: The monitored measured value is invalid (e.g. frequency at V < 15 % of Vrated). x = 1 to 16

Indication 1 from Remote Indication 2 from Remote Indication x from Remote

Status of the indications that can be set to control the LEDs and the binary outputs via the communication.

Indication on: ON Indication off: OFF Message invalid: Not yet updated via the communication or again invalid via the communication

Status of any indications which can be set for control via communication.

Indication on: ON Indication off: OFF Message invalid: Not yet updated via the communication or again invalid via the communication x = 3 to 14

Binary Input 1

Indication of the logic state of the binary input (ON/OFF)

Indication invalid: in startup not updated Binary input high: ON (OFF if inverted) Binary input low: OFF (ON if inverted) If the binary input has not been set to a function (load profile, tariff TOU), a change is logged as an operational indication; otherwise not, according to factory setting (can be set).

Indication of rotation voltage

Indication ON: Phase sequence Va-Vb-Vc, rotation clockwise

Binary Input 2

Rotating Field Clockwise

Indication OFF: Phase sequence Va-Vc-Vb, (2 phases interchanged); rotation anti-clockwise Indication invalid: Direction of rotation cannot be calculated (e.g. no voltage applied) Group indication x

Up to 4 single-point indications can be linked logically and combined to a group indication.

A total of 4 group indications (x = 1 to 4) can be parameterized.

Voltage Event Available

Indication of a supply voltage event

Overvoltage, undervoltage, frequency interruption

Frequency Event Available

Indication of a frequency event

Overfrequency or underfrequency

Volt. Unbalance Event Available

Indication of a voltage unbalance event

Voltage unbalance

SD Card Error

Indication of an SD card error

SD card defective or read/write error 1)

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

395

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 396 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

15 Operational Indications

Indication

Description

Notes

Load Profile Period Closed

Indication that a period has been closed.

Only Indication on is logged.

Load Profile Synchr. Period

Indication that synchronization signal was received.

Only Indication on is logged.

Load Profile Tariff x

Indication that the tariff x has been set.

Only Indication on is logged.x = 1 to 8

Load Profile Reset Buffer

Indication that the load-profile buffer was deleted.

Load-profile buffer was deleted by user's action or parameter change. Only Indication on is logged.

1)

396

The SD card has no contact or is defective; you must not replace the card yourself. The device also works without active SD card. However, data storage when operating the recorders is not possible. In this case, the recorder data can be forwarded and processed only via communication.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 397 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters

16

Operating Parameters

16.1

Process Connections

398

16.2

Automation Functions

404

16.3

HMI

407

16.4

Energy Management

410

16.5

Recording and Reporting

412

16.6

Administrative

419

NOTE for user on the online help This chapter is integrated as an online help in the user interface. The description of parameterization of the operating parameters can be found in the manual SICAM Q100, order number E50417-H1040-C522-A6.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

397

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 398 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.1 Process Connections

16.1

Process Connections The following process connections are available:

16.1.1

•

AC Measurement

•

Binary inputs

•

Binary Outputs

•

LEDs

AC Measurement Parameter

Default Settings

Setting Range

Rated frequency

50 Hz

50 Hz (± 7.5 Hz) 60 Hz (± 9 Hz)

Network type

Four-wire, three-phase, unbalanced

Single-phase network Three-wire, three-phase, balanced Three-wire, three-phase, unbalanced (2 * I) Three-wire, three-phase, unbalanced (3 * I) Four-wire, three-phase, balanced Four-wire, three-phase, unbalanced

Power quality values for 1)

Phase to neutral

Phase to neutral Phase to phase

Calculate Voltage RMS values PN and PP 1)

no

no yes

Nominal/Declared supply voltage

AC 230.00 V

AC 57.73 V to 400 V (autorange)



IEC 61000-4-30 Class A: to AC 230 V: 200 % overvoltage



> AC 230 V to 400 V: 200 % to 15 % overvoltage

UL conditions:

 

> AC 170 V to 300 V: 200 % to 15 % overvoltage

Voltage transformer

no

yes no

Primary rated voltage

AC 10 000 V

AC 100.0 V to AC 1 000 000.0 V

Secondary rated voltage

AC 100 V

AC 1.0 V to AC 460.0 V

Current transformer

no

yes no

Primary rated current

AC 1 000.0 A

AC 1.0 A to AC 100 000.0 A

Secondary rated current

AC 1.0 A

AC 1.0 A to 10.0 A

no

no yes

Primary rated current In

AC 1 000.00 A

AC 1.0 A to 100 000.0 A

Zero point suppression

0.3 % (from Vnom, Irated)

0.0 % to 10.0 %

Voltage harmonic unit

%

% V

Measurement aggregation

-none-

-none150/180-cycle interval

Transformer ratio In

398

to AC 170 V: 200 % overvoltage

2)

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 399 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.1 Process Connections 1) 2)

16.1.2

Power quality values for and Calculate Voltage RMS values PN and PP are available only under Network type is selected as Four-wire, three-phase, unbalanced. Transformer ratio In is available only if the following Network type is selected: Four-wire, three-phase, unbalanced.

Binary Inputs U1/U2 and U3/U2

Parameter

Default Settings

Setting Range

Threshold voltage Threshold voltage (one setting for both binary inputs)

19 V

19 V 88 V 176 V

Binary inputs Terminals U1/2 Routed as: 1)

Status information

Status information Load profile source Tariff source

Software filter time (only settable if Routed as: Status information has been set)

1 (* 2 ms)

2 ms to 120 000 ms (settable in 2-ms increments)

Source inverted

no

no yes

Add entry to operational log (only settable if Routed as: Status information has been set)

yes

no yes

Binary input indication

Binary Input 1

Any Max. 31 characters 2)

Routed as: 1)

Status information

Status information Load profile source Tariff source

Software filter time (only settable if Routed as: Status information has been set)

1 (* 2 ms)

2 ms to 120 000 ms (settable in 2-ms increments)

Source inverted

no

no yes

Add entry to operational log (only settable if Routed as: Status information has been set)

yes

no yes

Binary input indication

Binary Input 2

Any Max. 31 characters 2)

Terminals U3/2

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

399

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 400 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.1 Process Connections 1)

See following note:

NOTE The parameter cannot be changed in this field. In the Configuration tab, Energy management menu, select Load profile source or Tariff source. If you did not select a source, Status information is automatically selected. 2)

400

31 bytes of UTF-8

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 401 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.1 Process Connections

16.1.3

Binary Outputs Parameter Source type

Default Settings

Setting Range

Indication

Indication Energy counter

-none-

-noneDevice OK Battery Failure Settings Load Settings Check Settings Activate Modbus TCP OK Ethernet Link Error Time Synchronization Error Primary NTP Server Error Secondary NTP Server Error Daylight Saving Time Ethernet Link 2 Error Default IP Address Limit Violation x (x = 1 to 16) *) Indication 1 from Remote Indication 2 from Remote Rotation Voltage Clockwise Group Indication x (x = 1 to 4) *) IEC 61850 Communication OK SD Card Error Voltage Event Available Frequency Event Available Voltage-Unbalance Event Available Indication x from Remote (x = 3 to 14) SICAM Subdevice 1 OK SICAM Subdevice 2 OK Binary Input x-N SICAM IO 1 (x = 1 to 3) *) Binary Input x-P SICAM IO 1 (x = 1 to 3) *) Binary Input x-N SICAM IO 2 (x = 1 to 3) *) Binary Input x-P SICAM IO 2 (x = 1 to 3) *) Load profile period closed Load profile synchr. period Load profile tariff x (x = 1 to 8) Binary input 1 *) Binary input 2 *) Modbus RTU Master OK New MSV record made Indication x Slv y (x = 1 to 6; y = 1 to 8) *) MQTT communication OK

Source Type Indication Indication (only if source type = indication) NOTES Only the indications for the parameterization of the binary outputs are displayed which can be used according to the current device settings. Indications which are read by Modbus slave devices are available in the list box if they were parameterized in Modbus Master Mapping.

*)

Source inverted

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

no

Designation can be changed during the parameterization.

no yes

401

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 402 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.1 Process Connections

Parameter

Default Settings

Setting Range

Operating mode

Persistent

Persistent Persistent with fail safe Pulse Pulse with retrigger

Output time for pulse operating mode (setting only possible if operating modes Pulse and Pulse with retrigger)

20 (* 10 ms)

50 ms to 3 600 000 ms

Energy counter

-none-

-noneWPa_exp WPb_exp WPc_exp WP_exp WPa_imp WPb_imp WPc_imp WP_imp WQa_ind WQb_ind WQc_ind WQ_ind WQa_cap WQb_cap WQc_cap WQ_cap WSa WSb WSc WS WP_exp_tariff_x (x = 1 to 8) WP_imp_tariff_x (x = 1 to 8) WQ_ind_imp_tariff_x (x = 1 to 8) WQ_cap_imp_tariff_x (x = 1 to 8) WQ_ind_exp_tariff_x (x = 1 to 8) WQ_cap_exp_tariff_x (x = 1 to 8) WQ_ind_tariff_x (x = 1 to 8) WQ_cap_tariff_x (x = 1 to 8) WS_tariff_x (x = 1 to 8)

Energy increase per pulse

1.0 Wh

0.1 Wh/VAh/varh to 1 000 000 Wh/VAh/varh

Output time pulse operating mode

20 * 10 ms = 200 ms

50 ms to 3 600 000 ms

Source Type Energy Counter

402

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 403 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.1 Process Connections

16.1.4

LEDs LED

Default Setting

Setting Range

RUN

Device ready

Not settable

ERROR

-none-

-noneBattery Failure Ethernet Link Error Time Synchronization Error Primary NTP Server Error Secondary NTP Server Error SD Card Error

H1

-none-

-noneDevice OK Battery Failure Settings Load Settings Check Settings Activate Modbus TCP OK Ethernet Link Error Time Synchronization Error Primary NTP Server Error Secondary NTP Server Error Daylight Saving Time Ethernet Link 2 Error Default IP Address Limit Violation x (x = 1 to 16) *) Indication 1 from Remote Indication 2 from Remote Rotation Voltage Clockwise Group Indication x (x = 1 to 4) *) IEC 61850 Communication OK SD Card Error Voltage Event Available Frequency Event Available Voltage-Unbalance Event Available Indication x from Remote (x = 3 to 14) SICAM Subdevice 1 OK SICAM Subdevice 2 OK Binary Input x-N SICAM IO 1 (x = 1 to 3) *) Binary Input x-P SICAM IO 1 (x = 1 to 3) *) Binary Input x-N SICAM IO 2 (x = 1 to 3) *) Binary Input x-P SICAM IO 2 (x = 1 to 3) *) Load profile period closed Load profile synchr. period Load profile tariff x (x = 1 to 8) Binary input 1 *) Binary input 2 *) Modbus RTU Master OK New MSV record made Indication x Slv y (x = 1 to 6; y = 1 to 8) *) MQTT communication OK

H2 NOTES Only the indications for the parameterization of the binary outputs are displayed which can be used according to the current device settings. Indications which are read by Modbus slave devices are available in the list box if they were parameterized in Modbus Master Mapping.

*)

Indication inverted

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

no

Designation can be changed during the parameterization.

no yes 403

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 404 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.2 Automation Functions

16.2

Automation Functions The following automation functions are available:

404

•

Limit violation 1-8

•

Limit violation 9-16

•

Group indication 1-4

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 405 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.2 Automation Functions

16.2.1

Limit Violation 1-8 and 9-16 Parameter Measurement

Default Setting -none-

Setting Range -noneVa, Vb, Vc Vab, Vbc, Vca Ia, Ib, Ic VN, Vavg IN, Iavg Pa, Pb, Pc, P Qa, Qb, Qc, Q Sa, Sb, Sc, S cos  (a), cos  (b), cos  (c), cos  PFa, PFb, PFc, PF UIa, UIb, UIc, UI f Neg.seq.comp.V Neg.seq.comp.I THDS Va, THDS Vb, THDS Vc THDS Vab, THDS Vbc, THDS Vca THDS Ia, THDS Ib, THDS Ic ab V, bc V, ca V ab I, bc I, ca I Q1a, Q1b, Q1c; Q1 Pinst (a-n), Pinst (b-n),Pinst (c-n) Pst (a-n), Pst (b-n),Pst (c-n) Plt (a-n), Plt (b-n),Plt (c-n) Pinst (a-b), Pinst (b-c), Pinst (c-a) Pst (a-b), Pst (b-c), Pst (c-a) Plt (a-b), Plt (b-c), Plt (c-a) Zero seq.comp.V Zero seq.comp.I MV x from Bus device y *) (x = 1 to 15 and y = 1 to 8) (Setting ranges pending from network type) *)

1)

Designation can be changed during the parameterization.

Limit

0.00

-1 000 000 000 to 1 000 000 000 (unit)

Limit type

Lower

Lower Upper

Hysteresis (%)

1.0

0.0 to 10.0

Violation indication

Limit Violation x (x = 1 to 16)

Any Max. 31 characters 1)

31 bytes of UTF-8

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

405

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 406 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.2 Automation Functions

16.2.2

Group Indications 1-4 Parameter Source

Default Setting -none-

NOTES Only the indications for the parameterization of the binary outputs are displayed which can be used according to the current device settings. Indications which are read by Modbus slave devices are available in the list box if they were parameterized in Modbus Master Mapping.

Setting Range -noneDevice OK Battery Failure Settings Load Settings Check Settings Activate Modbus TCP OK Ethernet Link Error Time Synchronization Error Primary NTP Server Error Secondary NTP Server Error Daylight Saving Time Ethernet Link 2 Error Default IP Address Limit Violation x (x = 1 to 16) *) Indication 1 from Remote Indication 2 from Remote Rotation Voltage Clockwise Group Indication x (x = 1 to 4) *) IEC 61850 Communication OK SD Card Error Voltage Event Available Frequency Event Available Voltage-Unbalance Event Available Indication x from Remote (x = 3 to 14) SICAM Subdevice 1 OK SICAM Subdevice 2 OK Binary Input x-N SICAM IO 1 (x = 1 to 3) *) Binary Input x-P SICAM IO 1 (x = 1 to 3) *) Binary Input x-N SICAM IO 2 (x = 1 to 3) *) Binary Input x-P SICAM IO 2 (x = 1 to 3) *) Load profile period closed Load profile synchr. period Load profile tariff x (x = 1 to 8) Binary input 1 *) Binary input 2 *) Modbus RTU Master OK New MSV record made Indication x Slv y (x = 1 to 6; y = 1 to 8) *) MQTT communication OK *)

1)

406

Designation can be changed during the parameterization.

Source inverted

no

no yes

Logic operation

NONE

NONE OR AND

Group indication name

Group Indication x (x = 1 to 4)

Any Max. 31 characters 1)

31 bytes of UTF-8 SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 407 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.3 HMI

16.3

HMI

16.3.1

Display Settings Parameter

16.3.2

Default Setting

Setting Range

Contrast

8

0 to 10

Time until dimmed

10

0 min to 99 min

Refresh time

1 000

330 ms to 3 000 ms

Inverse display

no

no yes

Phase label

(L1,L2,L3)

(L1,L2,L3) (a,b,c)

User-Defined Screen Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

Screen type

-none-

-none2 measured values, numerical 4 measured values, numerical 2 measured values, graphical + numerical 3 measured values, graphical + numerical

Screen name

USER_SCREEN_x (x = 1 to 4)

Max. 18 characters Only English and German letters, numbers, and special characters are permitted.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

407

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 408 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.3 HMI

2 measured values, numerical Display 1, numerical Display 2, numerical

-none-

4 measured values, numerical Display 1, numerical Display 2, numerical Display 3, numerical Display 4, numerical

-none-

2 measured values, graphical and numerical Display 1, graph./num. Display 2, graph./num.

-none-

3 measured values, graphical and numerical Display 1, graph./num. Display 2, graph./num. Display 3, graph./num.

-none-

-noneVa, Vb, Vc Vab, Vbc, Vca Ia, Ib, Ic VN, Vavg IN, Iavg Pa, Pb, Pc, P Qa, Qb, Qc, Q Sa, Sb, Sc, S cos  (a), cos  (b), cos  (c), cos  PFa, PFb, PFc, PF UIa, UIb, UIc, UI f Neg.seq.comp.V Neg.seq.comp.I THDS Va, THDS Vb, THDS Vc THDS Vab, THDS Vbc, THDS Vca THDS Ia, THDS Ib, THDS Ic ab V, bc V, ca V ab I, bc I, ca I Q1a, Q1b, Q1c, Q1 Pinst (a-n), Pinst (b-n), Pinst (c-n) Pst (a-n), Pst (b-n), Pst (c-n) Plt (a-n), Plt (b-n), Plt (c-n) Pinst (a-b), Pinst (b-c), Pinst (c-a) Pst (a-b), Pst (b-c), Pst (c-a) Plt (a-b), Plt (b-c), Plt (c-a) Zero seq.comp.V Zero seq.comp.I WPa_exp WPb_exp WPc_exp WP_exp WPa_imp WPb_imp WPc_imp WP_imp WQa_ind WQb_ind WQc_ind WQ_ind WQa_cap WQb_cap WQc_cap WQ_cap WSa WSb WSc WS MV x from Bus device y *) (x = 1 to 15 and y = 1 to 8) (Setting ranges pending from network type) *)

408

Designation can be changed during the parameterization.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 409 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.3 HMI

Display x, graph./num. (x = 1 to 3) Min value Max value

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

0.0 10.0 (unit according to measured value)

The minimum and maximum value is defined by the selected parameters.

409

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 410 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.4 Energy Management

16.4

Energy Management

16.4.1

Load Profile Parameter

16.4.2

Default Setting

Setting Range

Subperiode time

15 minutes

1 min to 6 min in 1-min steps, 10 min, 12 min, 15 min, 20 min, 30 min, 60 min

Number of subperiods

1

1 to 5

Synchronization source

Internal clock

None Protocol Binary input 1 Binary input 2 Internal clock

Kind of used reactive power

Q1

Q1 Qn Qtot

Tariffs (TOU) Parameter Synchronization source

Default Setting Protocol

Setting Range Protocol 1) Binary input 1 2) Binary input 2 2) Calendar

The following parameters are available only when Synchronization source is set to Calendar.

410

Season 1 Start

01-01

01-01 to 12-31

Season 1 End

06-30

01-01 to 12-31

Season 2 Start

07-01

Not settable The rest days of the full year

Season 2 End

12-31

Weekend Setting

Thursday and Friday

Sunday to Saturday, max. 2 days

Season x (x = 1 or 2) Tariff y (y = 1 to 8) Period 1 Start

00:00

00:00 to 23:45

Season x (x = 1 or 2) Tariff y (y = 1 to 8) Period 1 End

24:00

00:15 to 24:00

Season x (x = 1 or 2) Tariff y (y = 1 to 8) Period 2 Start

00:00

00:15 to 23:45

Season x (x = 1 or 2) Tariff y (y = 1 to 8) Period 2 End

24:00

00:30 to 24:00

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 411 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.4 Energy Management

Season x (x = 1 or 2) Tariff y (y = 1 to 8) Period 1 Active

No 3)

Yes No

Season x (x = 1 or 2) Tariff y (y = 1 to 8) Period 2 Active

No

Yes No

Season x (x = 1 or 2) Tariff y (y = 1 to 8) Workday/ Weekend Selection

Every Day

Every Day Workday Weekend

Coverage Check

Pass Fail (with gap) Fail (with overlap)

1)

In this case, the protocol Modbus TCP can control tariff 1 to tariff 8. Refer to the System Manual SICAM Q100, chapter 2.2.7.18 Register 0154: Tariffs (read and write), order number E50417-C1040-C522.

16.4.3

2)

This synchronization source can only control tariff 1 or tariff 2.

3)

The default settings of Tariff 1 Period 1 Active for 2 seasons are checked.

Energy Upper Limit Parameter Energy Upper Limit

16.4.4

Default Setting Energy Counter

Setting Range Energy Counter Energy Value

Energy Freeze and Record Parameter Interval

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

Default Setting 10 minutes

Setting Range 10 minutes 15 minutes 30 minutes 60 minutes

411

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 412 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.5 Recording and Reporting

16.5

Recording and Reporting

16.5.1

Event Recorders Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

Voltage event Swell threshold

110 %

105 % to 140 % in 5-% steps

Dip threshold

90 %

75 % to 95 % in 5-% steps

Interruption threshold

5%

1 %, 2 %, 3 %, 5 %, 8 % 10 %

Event hysteresis

2%

1 % to 6 % in 1-% steps

Event detection mode

ph-N

ph-N ph-ph RVC event

RVC threshold

6%

1 % to 6 % in 1-% steps

RVC hysteresis 1)

3%

0.5 % to 3 % in 0.5 steps

RVC event detection mode 2)

ph-N

ph-N ph-ph Frequency event

Underfrequency threshold

1%

0.1 % to 1.0 % in 0.1-% steps and 1.0 % to 5.0 % in 1.0-%-steps

Overfrequency threshold

1%

0.1 % to 1.0 % in 0.1-% steps and 1.0 % to 5.0 % in 1.0-%-steps Voltage-unbalance event

Voltage-unbalance threshold

412

5%

1 % to 5 % in 1-% steps

1)

According to IEC61000-4-30 Ed.3, RVC hysteresis is recommended to be half of the threshold.

2)

RVC event detection mode will always synchronize with the setting Event detection mode.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 413 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.5 Recording and Reporting

16.5.2

Trigger Management Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

Voltage trigger limits Trigger active

no

no yes

Tolerance unit

Percentage

Percentage Numerical

Lower threshold

90.00 % of the nominal/declared supply voltage

0.00 % to 99.99 % of the nominal/declared supply voltage

Upper threshold

110.00 % of the nominal/declared supply voltage

Hysteresis

2.00 % of the nominal/declared supply voltage

0.0 % to 50.0 % of the nominal/declared supply voltage

Detection mode 1)

ph-N

ph-N ph-ph

0.0 V to 1 000 000.0 V 100.0 % to 10 000.0 % of the nominal/declared supply voltage 0.0 V to 1 000 000.0 V

Current trigger limits Trigger active

no

no yes

Tolerance unit

Percentage

Percentage Numerical

Lower threshold

90.00 % of nominal current In

0.00 % to 99.99 % of of nominal current In 0.0 A to 1 000 000.0 A

Upper threshold

110.00 % of nominal current In

100.0 % to 10 000.0 % of of nominal current In 0.0 A to 1 000 000 A

Hysteresis

2.00 % of nominal current In

0.0 % to 50.0 % of of nominal current In

Trigger active

no

no yes

Trigger source

Binary Input 1

Indication 1 from Remote Indication 2 from Remote Binary Input 1 Binary Input 2

Trigger value

OFF

ON OFF

Configuration binary trigger

Waveform capture setting Total recording duration

2.0 s

0.2 s to 3.0 s in 0.2-s steps

Pretrigger ratio

10 %

0 % to 30 % in 5-% steps

Record ph-ph voltage

no

no yes

1)

The detection mode will always synchronize with the setting of Record ph-ph voltage.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

413

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 414 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.5 Recording and Reporting

16.5.3

Recorder Parameters Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

Measurement recorder PQ data Parameter Average intervals - Frequency

10 s

fixed

Short-term flicker

10 min

fixed

Long-term flicker

2h

fixed

Average interval - Voltage / Unbalance / Harmonics

10 min

30 s, 1 min, 10 min, 15 min, 30 min, 1 h, 2 h

Record additional data (I, P, Q, S etc.)

no

no yes

Recorder of average - Min

no

no yes

Recorder of average - Max

no

no yes

Harmonics parity

Odd

Even Odd All

File generation every:

24 h

At average interval

File generation every:

30 s

1 h (fix)

1 min

2 h (fix)

10 min, 15 min, 30 min, 1 h or 2h

2h

(corresponds to the setting of the Average interval parameter) The created PQDIF files can be downloaded via the user interface or with the IEC 61850 protocol.

4h 6h 12 h 24 h

Recorded file type

PQDIF

PQDIF CSV All

Flicker lamp model

230 V

230 V 120 V

10 minutes

Not configurable The same as the value of Interval set in Configure -> Energy management -> Energy freeze and reset.

Energy value Parameter Energy value recorder

Trend recorder

414

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 415 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.5 Recording and Reporting

Tolerance unit

Percentage

Percentage Numerical

Tolerance number

Percentage: 3 % of primary nominal voltage, Numerical: 0.50 V

1 % to 5 % in 1-% steps

10 min

10 min, 30 min, 1 h, 2 h, 4 h, 6 h, 12 h, 24 h

Maximum recording interval

16.5.4

0.2 V to 500.0 V

Mains Signaling Voltage Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

Mains signaling voltage measurement MSV active

no

no yes

No. of MSV frequencies

1 frequency

1 frequency 2 frequencies

Frequency 1

216.60 Hz

100 Hz to 3 kHz

Frequency 2

1060.00 Hz

100 Hz to 3 kHz

Mains signaling voltage capture setting

16.5.5

Detection threshold

1 % of Udin

From 1 % to 15 % of Udin

Total recording duration

75 s

15 s to 120 s in 15-s steps

Pretrigger ratio

10 %

0 % to 30 % in 5-% steps

Memory Management Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

Memory splitting Event recorder

1.0 %

1 % to 19 %

Measurement recorder

35.0 % (the recording time depends on the aggregation interval)

33 % to 51 %

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

415

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 416 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.5 Recording and Reporting

416

Trend recorder

47.0 % (residual storage capacity)

Min. 31 %

Fault recorder

3.0 % (Numbers of records depends on the fault-record time)

3 % to 21 %

Mains signaling voltage recorder

14% (Numbers of records depends on the record time of the mains signaling voltage)

14 % to 20 %

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 417 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.5 Recording and Reporting

16.5.6

Report Configuration Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

General Information Company: Department: Supervisor: Inspector: Location: Comment:

-

Any text displayed in the printout of the power quality report

Power Quality Report Evaluation mode according to:

EN 50160 LV&MV

EN 50160 LV&MV EN 50160 HV User defined

Flagging acc. to IEC 61000-4-30

no

no yes

Power frequency: 99.5 % of measurement should be in -1.0 % to 1.0 % deviation of the power frequency.

Any setting for user-defined evaluation mode

100 % of measurement should be in -6.0 % to 4.0 % deviation of the power frequency. Power supply voltage magnitude 95 % of measurement should be in -10.0 % to 10.0 % deviation of the nominal/declared supply voltage.

Any setting for user-defined evaluation mode

100 % of measurement should be in -15.0 % to 10.0 % deviation of the nominal/declared supply voltage. Voltage unbalance: 1) 95 % of measurement should be less than 2.0 %.

Any setting for user-defined evaluation mode

100 % of measurement should be less than 3.0 %. Subgroup Total Harmonic Distortion (THDS): 95 % of measurement should be less than 8.0 %.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

Any setting for user-defined evaluation mode

417

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 418 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.5 Recording and Reporting

Supply voltage interruptions:

Any setting for user-defined evaluation mode

1. Short interruption until 1 second duration 2. Short interruption until 3 minute duration 3. Long interruption longer than 3 minute duration Harmonic voltages:

Any setting for user-defined evaluation mode

Even harmonics Odd harmonics: multiples of 3 Odd harmonics: not multiples of 3 Mains signaling voltages 2) Supply voltage should be in -15.0 % to +15.0 % deviation of the nominal/ declared supply voltage

Any setting for user-defined evaluation mode

99.0 % of “YYY” Hz mains signaling voltage should be less than “xxx” % of the nominal/declared supply voltage

16.5.7

1)

According to EN 50160, up to 3 % unbalance can occur in 3-wire networks in areas with many 1-wire and 2-wire connections.

2)

The frequency “YYY” and limit “xxx” are based on the configured frequency.

Recording Control Parameter Start record option

16.5.8

Start next 10th minute

Setting Range Start next minute Start next 10th minute Start immediately Start next hour Start next day

Start time

-

Display of the start time in: Depends on the configuration of Date/time format.

Recording status

-

Not settable Status display of recorder started or recorder stopped

Transient Detection Parameter Transient reference level

418

Default Setting

Default Setting 110 %

Setting Range 110 % to 240 % of Primary nominal voltage

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 419 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative

16.6

Administrative The following administrative settings are available:

16.6.1

•

Time synchronization

•

Communication Ethernet

•

OPC UA PubSub (MQTT)

•

Communication serial

•

Modbus slave devices 1 to 8

•

SICAM subdevices

•

Device and language

•

Account Management

•

Syslog

Time Synchronization Parameter

Default Settings

Setting Range

Source time synchronization

Internal

Internal Ethernet NTP Fieldbus

Time zone offset

+00:00

-12 to +13 (hours) (in increments of 0.5 h)

Daylight Saving Time switchover

yes

no yes

DST offset

+01:00

0 to + 2 (hours) (in increments of 0.5 h)

Start of DST

March Last week

January to December First week Second week Third week Fourth week Last week Sunday to Saturday 0:00 to 23:00 (full hour)

Sunday 02:00 AM End of DST

October Last week

Sunday 03:00 AM

January to December First week Second week Third week Fourth week Last week Sunday to Saturday 0:00 to 23:00 (full hour)

Additional Parameters if the Source is Ethernet NTP (Modbus TCP and IEC 61850) Primary NTP server IP Address

192.168.0.254

Any

Secondary NTP server IP Address

192.168.0.253

Any No polling of the NTP server if 0.0.0.0 was entered

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

419

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 420 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative

Error indication after

10 min

2 min to 120 min

Additional Parameters if Source is Fieldbus Error indication after

420

10 min

2 min to 120 min

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 421 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative

16.6.2

Ethernet Communication Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

Communication Ethernet

IP address 1)

192.168.0.55

Any 0.0.0.0 = DHCP

Subnet mask 1)

255.255.255.0

Any

Default gateway 1)

192.168.0.1

Any

Ethernet switch on

no

no yes

Enable SNMP

no

no yes

OPC UA PubSub (MQTT)

no

no yes

Bus protocol

Modbus TCP

-noneModbus TCP IEC 61850 Both

Protocol Modbus TCP

Use a user-port number 2)

no

no yes

User-port number 2) (can only be set when Use a user-port number is parameterized with yes)

10 000

10 000 to 65 535

Access rights for user port (can only be set when Use a user-port number is parameterized with yes)

Full

Full Read only

Access rights for port 502

Full

Full Read only

Keep Alive time

10 s

0 s = switch off 1 s to 65 535 s

Communication supervision time

600 (* 100 ms)

0 s = none 100 ms to 6 553 400 ms

Modbus TCP/RTU Gateway (Condition: The Modbus RTU Master protocol must have been selected under serial communication.) Activated

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

no

no yes

421

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 422 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative

Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

Unit ID of this device

255

1 to 255

Retry limit 3)

2

0 to 10

Response timeout 3)

10 (* 10 ms)

(1 to 6000) * 10 ms = 10 ms to 60 s

Protocol IEC 61850 IED Name

SICAM_Q100_01

Max. 60 characters Only a to z, A to Z, _, 0 to 9 are permitted. The first character must be a letter.

Voltage - Dead band

5%

1 % to 5 %, in 1-% steps

Current - Dead band

5%

1 % to 5 %, in 1-% steps

Power - Dead band

5%

1 % to 5 %, in 1-% steps

Power factor - Dead band

5%

2 % to 5 %, in 1-% steps

Frequency - Dead band

0.05 %

0.02 % 0.05 %

1)

After the parameter changes have been enabled, the device will reset. After enabling the parameter changes, any currently active Modbus TCP connections will be closed. The Modbus TCP client must later reopen these connections. 3) These values are necessary if no Modbus slave device has been configured for the requested Unit ID. If a Modbus slave device was configured, its values are used. 2)

422

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 423 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative

16.6.3

OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

Broker and network Broker IP address or host name

mqtt.eu 1-b.mindsphere.io

Any IP address or host name string (maximum 128 characters)

Topic name 1)

c/{ClientID}/o/opcua/ {VersionMS}/u/ {Meas:d|File:d|Meta:m}

Any (maximum 128 characters)

DNS server IP address

0.0.0.0

Any IP address Data transmission

Voltage harmonics 2)

yes

yes no

Harmonic currents 2)

yes

yes no

Harmonics power 2)

yes

yes no

Energy counters 2)

yes

yes no

Energy counters transmit cycle

1 min

1 min to 1440 min

1)

Use the template value shown as default in the Topic name for the connection with Mindsphere. The parts in curly brackets are filled internally at startup. 2)

Refer to the manual OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) Data Points to identify the individual data points.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

423

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 424 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative

16.6.4

Communication Serial Parameter Bus protocol

Default Setting Modbus RTU

Setting Range -noneModbus RTU Modbus RTU Master

Bus Protocol Modbus RTU (Slave) Device address

1

1 to 247

Baud rate

19 200 bit/s

1200 bit/s, 2400 bit/s 4800 bit/s, 9600 bit/s 19 200 bit/s, 38 400 bit/s 57 600 bit/s, 115 200 bit/s

Parity

Even

None, 1 stop bit Even Odd None, 2 stop bit

Access rights

Full

Full Read only

Communication supervision time

600 * 100 ms

0 s = none 100 ms to 6 553 400 ms

Bus Protocol Modbus RTU Master

424

Baud rate

19 200 bit/s

1200 bit/s, 2400 bit/s 4800 bit/s, 9600 bit/s 19 200 bit/s, 38 400 bit/s 57 600 bit/s, 115 200 bit/s

Parity

Even

None, 1 stop bit Even Odd None, 2 stop bit

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 425 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative

Parameter Additional inter-character timeout

Default Setting 1 ms

Setting Range 0 ms to 100 ms The Modbus specification requires that the individual characters of a serial Modbus RTU telegram have to be transmitted successively with a maximum character gap of 1.5 character times (or max. 750 µs for Baud rates >19 200 bit/s). Longer silent intervals between the characters are interpreted as telegram end. A longer gap between the characters can be tolerated with this parameter. Note that this also causes longer cycle times then. If at least one SICAM P50 device is connected to the bus, at least the following values have to be set for Additional inter-character timeout: 1200 bit/s, 2400 bit/s: 0 4800 bit/s, 9600 bit/s: 2 19 200 bit/s: 3 38 400 bit/s: 4 57 600 bit/s, 115 200 bit/s: 6

Maximum 0x/1x register gap

40

0 to 200

Maximum 3x/4x register gap

10

Maximum number of not-mapped registers which are being requested between mapped registers in one request telegram.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

425

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 426 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative

16.6.5

Modbus Slave Devices 1 – 8

16.6.5.1 Basic Settings Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

Name

Modbus slave device 1

Max. 31 characters

Activated

no

no yes (= Activation of the option field): The buttons for parameterization of the mapping data are also activated for the slave device here.

Device address / Unit ID

1

(Modbus slave device address)

1 to 247 Address corresponds to the Unit ID in the Modbus TCP telegram with simultaneous use of the Modbus Gateway function.

Response timeout

10 (*10 ms)

1 to 6000 * 10 ms (10 ms to 60 s)

Retry limit

2

0 to 10 (0 = no request retries) Number of request retries after expiration of Response timeout before a communication error for the Modbus slave is identified.

Scan cycle for measured values

50 (*10 ms)

0 to 36 0000 * 10 ms (10 ms to 1 h) 0 = each request cycle Minimum time difference between the measured-value requests.

Scan cycle for indications

0 (*10 ms)

0 to 36 0000 * 10 ms (10 ms to 1 h) 0 = each request cycle Minimum time difference between the measured-value requests.

Scan cycle on error

5s

1 to 3600 s ( 1 s to 1 h) Retry cycle for sending request telegrams if the retry limits are exceeded or in the case of error responses.

426

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 427 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative

16.6.5.2 Mapping – Measured Values 1 – 15

Parameter Name

Default Setting MV x Slv 1 (x = 1 to 15)

Setting Range Max. 31 characters Max. 10 characters if the name is also to be displayed on the device display.

Unit

Multiplier: -

m (milli) c (centi) d (deci) h (hecto) k (kilo) M (Mega) G (Giga)

Unit: -none-

-nonem kg s A °C V Hz W Pa m2 m3 VA var ° Wh VAh varh % °F

-none-

-noneInput registers Holding registers

Note on frequency measured values: If a frequency measured value (unit: Hz) has been parameterized without a multiplier (multiplier: -), an additional check is made whether the resulting value is in the range of 15 Hz to 65 Hz. Measured values outside this range are marked as invalid.

Note on factors: Selecting a multipier for the following units is not recommended and will be rejected: -none° °C °F %

Register type

For -none-, the assignment is ignored and the corresponding measured value cannot be selected for other functions. Data format on bus

Float32 (2 registers)

Float32 (2 registers) Int16 (1 register) Int16_Ung8000h (1 register) UInt16 (1 register) UInt32 (2 registers)

Register number

1

1 to 65 535

Scaling factor

1.000

Any float value 0.00: resulting measured value = 0.00

(See following table.)

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

427

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 428 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative

Data Format on Bus

428

Description

Setting Range

Invalid recognition

Used by (example)

Float32 (2 registers)

IEEE Float value

-1038 to +1038

NaN = invalid INF = overflow

SENTRON PAC3x00, SICAM AI 7XV5674, SICAM T 7KG966, SICAM P50 7KG775

Int16 (1 register)

16-bit signed integer

- 32 768 to +32 768

none

SENTRON 3WL/3VL SICAM P50 7KG775

Int16_Ung8000 (1 register)

16-bit signed integer

-32768 bis +32768

-32768 (8000h) = ungültig

SIPROTEC 4

UInt16 (1 register)

16-bit integer, 0

0 to +65 535

none

SENTRON 3WL/3VL

UInt32 (2 registers)

32-bit integer, 0

0 to +4 294 967 295

none

SIPROTEC 4, SENTRON 3WL/3VL

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 429 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative

16.6.5.3 Mapping – Indications

Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Range

Name

Indication x Slv 1 (x = 1 to 15)

Max. 31 characters

Register type

-none-

-noneCoil status registers Input status registers Input registers Holding registers For -none-, the assignment is ignored and the corresponding indication cannot be selected for other functions.

Data format on bus

1 Bit

1 Bit 1 Bit in UInt32

(See following table.) Data format which is used to transmit the indication via Modbus Register number

1

1 to 65 535

Bit offset (only relevant for register types Input register or Holding register)

0

0 to 15 (for Data format 1 Bit) 0 to 31 (for Data format 1 Bit in UInt32) depending on selection for Data format on bus)

Data Format on Bus

Description

Setting Range

Invalid recognition

1 Bit

1 bit (for all register types; additionall select Bit offset for Input register and Holding register)

0 = of 1 = on

none

1 Bit in UInt32

1 bit in 2 successive Input registers or Holding registers which have to be read together.

0 = of 1 = on

none

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

429

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 430 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative

16.6.6

SICAM Subdevices Parameter/Indications Subdevice 1 Subdevice 2

Default Setting -none-

Setting Range -noneSICAM IO

No further indications are displayed.

Subdevice 1

430

Server IP address

192.168.0.56

Any

Server port

51 000

10 000 to 65 535

Response timeout

3 (* 10 ms)

10 ms to 60 000 ms 0 ms = invalid

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 431 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative

Parameter/Indications

Default Setting

Parameter: Source of output 1-N

Indication 3 from Remote

Indication: Input 1-N

Binary inp. 1-N SICAM IO 1

Parameter: Source of output 2-N

Indication 4 from Remote

Indication: Input 2-N

Binary inp. 2-N SICAM IO 1

Parameter: Source of output 3-N

Indication 5 from Remote

Indication: Input 3-N

Binary inp. 3-N SICAM IO 1

Parameter: Source of output 1-P

Indication 6 from Remote

Indication: Input 1-P

Binary inp. 1-P SICAM IO 1

Parameter: Source of output 2-P

Indication 7 from Remote

Indication: Input 2-P

Binary inp. 2-P SICAM IO 1

Parameter: Source of output 3-P

Indication 8 from Remote

Indication: Input 3-P

Binary inp. 3-P SICAM IO 1

Setting Range Parameter: Source of output (depending on parameterization): -noneDevice OK Battery Failure Settings Load Settings Check Settings Activate Modbus TCP OK Ethernet Link Error Time Synchronization Error Primary NTP Server Error Secondary NTP Server Error Daylight Saving Time Ethernet Link 2 Error Default IP Address Limit Violation x (x = 1 to 16) *) Indication 1 from Remote Indication 2 from Remote Rotation Voltage Clockwise Group Indication x (x = 1 to 4) *) IEC 61850 Communication OK SD Card Error Voltage Event Available Frequency Event Available Voltage-Unbalance Event Available Indication x from Remote (x = 3 to 14) SICAM Subdevice 1 OK SICAM Subdevice 2 OK Binary Input x-N SICAM IO 1 (x = 1 to 3) *) Binary Input x-P SICAM IO 1 (x = 1 to 3) *) Binary Input x-N SICAM IO 2 (x = 1 to 3) *) Binary Input x-P SICAM IO 2 (x = 1 to 3) *) Load profile period closed Load profile synchr. period Load profile tariff x (x = 1 to 8) Binary input 1 *) Binary input 2 *) Modbus RTU Master OK New MSV record made Indication x Slv y (x = 1 to 6; y = 1 to 8) *) MQTT communication OK Indications which are read by Modbus slave devices are available in the list box if they were parameterized in Modbus Master Mapping. *)

Designation can be changed during the parameterization.

Indication Input: Indication: any, max. 31 characters

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

431

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 432 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative

Parameter/Indications

Default Setting

Setting Range

Subdevice 2

432

Server IP address

192.168.0.57

Any

Server port

51 000

10 000 to 65 535

Response timeout

3 (* 10 ms)

10 ms to 60 000 ms 0 ms = invalid

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 433 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative

Parameter/Indications

Default Setting

Parameter: Source of output 1-N

Indication 9 from Remote

Indication: Input 1-N

Binary inp. 1-N SICAM IO 1

Parameter: Source of output 2-N

Indication 10 from Remote

Indication: Input 2-N

Binary inp. 2-N SICAM IO 1

Parameter: Source of output 3-N

Indication 11 from Remote

Indication: Input 3-N

Binary inp. 3-N SICAM IO 1

Parameter: Source of output 1-P

Indication 12 from Remote

Indication: Input 1-P

Binary inp. 1-P SICAM IO 1

Parameter: Source of output 2-P

Indication 13 from Remote

Indication: Input 2-P

Binary inp. 2-P SICAM IO 1

Parameter: Source of output 3-P

Indication 14 from Remote

Indication: Input 3-P

Binary inp. 3-P SICAM IO 1

Setting Range Parameter: Source of output (depending on parameterization): -noneDevice OK Battery Failure Settings Load Settings Check Settings Activate Modbus TCP OK Ethernet Link Error Time Synchronization Error Primary NTP Server Error Secondary NTP Server Error Daylight Saving Time Ethernet Link 2 Error Default IP Address Limit Violation x (x = 1 to 16) *) Indication 1 from Remote Indication 2 from Remote Rotation Voltage Clockwise Group Indication x (x = 1 to 4) *) IEC 61850 Communication OK SD Card Error Voltage Event Available Frequency Event Available Voltage-Unbalance Event Available Indication x from Remote (x = 3 to 14) SICAM Subdevice 1 OK SICAM Subdevice 2 OK Binary Input x-N SICAM IO 1 (x = 1 to 3) *) Binary Input x-P SICAM IO 1 (x = 1 to 3) *) Binary Input x-N SICAM IO 2 (x = 1 to 3) *) Binary Input x-P SICAM IO 2 (x = 1 to 3) *) Load profile period closed Load profile synchr. period Load profile tariff x (x = 1 to 8) Binary input 1 *) Binary input 2 *) Modbus RTU Master OK New MSV record made Indication x Slv y (x = 1 to 6; y = 1 to 8) *) MQTT communication OK Indications which are read by Modbus slave devices are available in the list box if they were parameterized in Modbus Master Mapping. *)

Designation can be changed during the parameterization.

Indication Input: Indication: any, max. 31 characters

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

433

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 434 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative

16.6.7

Device and Language Parameter

434

Default Settings

Setting Range

Device name

SICAM_xxx

Max. 31 characters Only a to z, A to Z, -, _, spacing, ., 0-9, Ü, ü, Ä, ä, Ö, ö, ß are permitted.

Language

ENGLISH (US)

ENGLISH (US) User language acc. to preselection of user language: DEUTSCH (DE) or CHINESE (CN)

Date/time format

YYYY-MM-DD, Time with 24 hours

YYYY-MM-DD, Time with 24 hours YYYY-MM-DD, Time with 12 h AM/PM DD-MM-YYYY, Time with 24 hours DD-MM-YYYY, Time with 12 h AM/PM MM/DD/YYYY, Time with 24 hours MM/DD/YYYY, Time with 12 h AM/PM

User language preselection

DEUTSCH (DE)

DEUTSCH (DE) CHINESE (CN)

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 435 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative

16.6.8

Account Management Table 16-1

Settings for Creating an Initial Account Settings

Default Settings

Description

Account Type

Administrator

User Account Manager Administrator

User name

Empty

Up to 64 characters

New password

Empty

8 to 24 characters Contains at least:

Repeat new password

•

1 capital latin letter (A to Z)

•

1 small latin letter (a to z)

•

1 digital number (0 to 9)

•

1 special character from the set: !, “, #, $, %, &, ‘, (, ), *, +, ,, -, ., /, :, ;, , ?, @, [, \, ], ^, _, ‘, {, }, ~.

Tabelle 16-2 Settings for Creating User Accounts Settings

Default Settings

Description

User name

Empty

Up to 64 characters

New password Repeat new password

8 to 24 characters Contains at least: •

1 capital latin letter (A to Z)

•

1 small latin letter (a to z)

•

1 digital number (0 to 9)

•

1 special character from the set: !, “, #, $, %, &, ‘, (, ), *, +, ,, -, ., /, :, ;, , ?, @, [, \, ], ^, _, ‘, {, }, ~.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

435

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 436 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative

Table 16-3

Overview of the Access Rights Assigned to Each Role

Viewer

Operator

Backup Operator

Engineer

Installer

Security Administrator

Security Auditor

User Account Manager

Administrator

General information viewing

x 1)

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Operation data viewing

-

x

x

x

x

x

-

-

-

x

Configuration settings viewing

-

x

x

x

x

x

-

-

-

x

Force values

-

-

x

-

-

-

-

-

-

x

Configuration downloading

-

-

-

x

x

x

-

-

-

x

Configuration change and uploading

-

-

-

-

x

x

-

-

-

x

Firmware change

-

-

-

-

-

x

-

-

-

x

RBAC management

-

-

-

-

-

-

x

-

x

x

Security management

-

-

-

-

-

-

x

-

-

x

Audit trail

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

x

-

x

1)

436

Role

Guest

Description of the Access Rights

x represents that the user with this role is assigned with related rights.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 437 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative

Table 16-4

Settings for Editing a User Account Settings

User name

Default Settings Empty

New password

Description Up to 64 characters 8 to 24 characters Contains at least:

Repeat new password

•

1 capital latin letter (A to Z)

•

1 small latin letter (a to z)

•

1 digital number (0 to 9)

•

1 special character from the set: !, “, #, $, %, &, ‘, (, ), *, +, ,, -, ., /, :, ;, , ?, @, [, \, ], ^, _, ‘, {, }, ~.

Roles

Table 16-5

Click one or several option buttons to select a role or several roles for a user account according to Tabel 6-5.

Settings for the HMI Password Settings

Default Settings

Description

Use HMI password

yes

no yes

New password

000000

6 digital numbers (0 to 9)

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

437

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 438 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative

16.6.9

Security Settings Table 16-6

Settings for the Security Parameter

438

Default Setting

Setting Ranges

Maximum consecutive attempts

5

5 times to 12 times

Consecutive password attempt time period

5

1 min to 10 min

Logon block timeout

30

30 min to 360 min

Session timeout

10

1 min to 1440 min (1 day) If the device restarts, you must log on again.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 439 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative

16.6.10 Password Management Table 16-7

Settings for the Password Management

Parameter

Default Setting

Setting Ranges

User name

Fixed, not configurable

The user name and roles depend on the settings Roles made by the account management.

Roles

Empty

8 to 24 characters Contains at least: • 1 capital letter (A to Z)

Current password New password Repeat new password

•

1 small letter (a to z)

•

1 digital number (0 to 9)

•

1 special character from the set: !, “, #, $, %, &, ‘, (, ), *, +, ,, -, ., /, :, ;, , ?, @, [, \, ], ^, _, ‘, {, }, ~.

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

439

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 440 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative

16.6.11 Syslog Parameter Syslog active

Default Setting No

Setting Range No Yes

If you set the Syslog active parameter to yes, the following parameters are visible:

440

Primary Syslog server

0.0.0.0

Any

Port

514

0 to 65 535

Secondary Syslog server

0.0.0.0

Any

Port

514

0 to 65 535

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 441 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

Glossary A AC

Alternating Current

ADC

Analog-digital Converter

ARP

Address Resolution Protocol: Network protocol

ASDU

Application Service Data Unit

Big-Endian format

The most significant byte is stored first, that is at the memory location with the lowest address.

Boot Application

Starting a device with the firmware required for the microcontroller

Broadcast message

Message in the network where data packets are transmitted to all devices on the network from one point

CDC

Common Data Class (IEC 61850)

Client

Device in the communication network that sends data requests or commands to the server devices and receives responses from them

CRC error

Cyclic Redundancy Check: The cyclic redundancy check is a method of determining a test value for data (e.g. for data transmission in computer networks) with the purpose to detect errors during the transmission or duplication of data.

DC

Direct Current

DHCP

Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol enables the network configuration to be assigned to the devices by a DHCP server

DSP

Digital Signal Processor

DST

Daylight Saving Time

Ethernet

Cable-based data network technology for local data networks

FW

Firmware: Program code for execution in a microcontroller

Gateway

Enables networks based on different protocols to communicate with each other

B

C

D

E

F

G

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

441

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 442 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

H Holding register

Area for representing data in Modbus communication

ICD file

IED Capability Description: Contains the standardized description of the device configuration

IEC

International Electrotechnical Commission, standards organization; Communication standard for substations and protection equipment

IEC 61850

Type of protocol to the data transmission via Ethernet

IED

Intelligent Electronic Device

Indication off

The status of the indication changes from ON to OFF, that is the indication is deleted.

Indication on

The status of the indication changes from OFF to ON, that is the indication is currently present.

+Inf

Stands for Infinity and denotes a counter overflow. Extremely large number or infinitely positive number

IP

Internet Protocol

IP address

Addresses in computer networks based on the Internet protocol

JavaScript

Script language mainly used by Web browsers

KeepAlive

KeepAlive on TCP level is a feature intended to verify the availability and functioning of the communication partner (client) and to maintain a TCP network link if the network is inactive.

I

J

K

The server sends KeepAlive messages (TCP packets without data) to the client in regular intervals (KeepAlive time) while the network is inactive, and the client responds to these messages. If the client does not respond to a KeepAlive message, the server assumes that the link is down or the client is inactive and closes the TCP link. L LED

Light-Emitting Diode

Limit violation

A value exceeding or falling under a parameterized limiting value.

LSB

Least Significant Bit

MAC-Address

Media Access Control address: Hardware address that clearly identifies the device on the network.

MBAP

Modbus Application Protocol

M

442

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 443 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

MBAP Header

Header of a Modbus TCP message consisting of these 4 parts: Transaction identifier (2 bytes), protocol identifier (2 bytes), length (2 bytes), unit identifier (1 byte).

MIB

Management Information Base: Information which can be retrieved or modified via the SNMP network management protocol

Modbus

The Modbus protocol is a communication protocol based on a client-server architecture.

Modbus RTU

Modbus Remote Terminal Unit: Modbus protocol type for transmitting data over serial networks (e.g. RS485)

Modbus TCP

Modbus Transmission Control Protocol: Modbus protocol type for transmitting data as TCP/IP packets; TCP port 502 is reserved for Modbus TCP.

MSB

Most Significant Bit

MSV

Mains Signaling Voltage

NaN

Not a Number means "invalid": Result of an invalid computing operation

NTP

Network Time Protocol: Standard for synchronizing clocks in computer systems using packet-based communication networks

PQ

Power Quality

Response timeout

Time within which the Modbus slave has to respond to a request from Modbus Master

RJ45

Ethernet plug connector

RS485

Interface standard for digital, wire-based, differential, serial data transmission

RTC

Real-Time Clock

RTU

See Modbus Remote Terminal Unit

RVC

Rapid Voltage Change

Server

Sends data upon request by the client

SNMP

Simple Network Management Protocol: Serves for monitoring and controlling network elements of a central station

SNTP

Simple Network Time Protocol: Simplified version of the NTP

SW

Software: Program executed on a computer

Software filter time

The software filter time has the effect that temporary switchover (L ®H, H ®L) at the binary inputs is not detected as real switchover (debouncing).

STP

Shielded twisted-pair is the cable for 100Base-T (Ethernet).

Stratum

Each NTP server is synchronized by a high-precision time standard or by another NTP server. The stratum is the position of the NTP server in the hi-

N

P

R

S

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

443

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 444 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

erarchy of NTP servers polled by the device. The best stratum is 1, each further level in the NTP server hierarchy increases the stratum by 1. Subnet mask

Bit mask in the network protocol that defines how many IP addresses the computer network encompasses. Together with the IP address of a device, the subnet mask defines which IP addresses the device searches in its own network and which IP addresses it tries to reach via routers in other networks.

TCP/IP

Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol: Family of network protocols

UTC

Universal Time Coordinated: Universal time standard referred to the time at the prime meridian

T

U

444

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 445 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

Appendix Config File for Multiple File Download via Firefox

















SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

445

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 446 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

446

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 447 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

Index A AC Calibration 326 Access Rights 120 Accessories 22 Accuracy of the Frequency Measurement 81 Administrative Parameters 213 Application 17 Assembly 114, 115 Audit Log 315 Automation Functions 175

External Time Synchronization via Fieldbus 364

F Firmware Upload 304 Flicker 30, 32 Formatting the SD Card 308

G C Commissioning 122 Communication 18 Communication Ethernet 215 Communication Interfaces 128 Communication Serial via RS485 Interface 222 Config file for Multiply File Download via FireFox 445 Configuration of the Device 153 Connection Examples 129 Connection Principle 125 Connection Types 40, 129

D Data Availability of Measurements 57 Default IP Address 124 Device and Language 260 Device Design 25 Device Information 148 Device Versions 20 Diagnosis 319 Diagnosis IEC 61850 321, 322 Diagnosis Modbus RTU Master 320 Diagnosis Modbus TCP 319 Display 27 Display Content 341 Display of Measurements 78

E Electrical Connection 117 Enabling JavaScript 140 Energy Management 18, 83, 93, 184 Error Log 152 Error Logs 314 Ethernet Interface 128 Evaluation and Data Management 278 External Time Synchronization per NTP 363 SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019

Getting Started 111

H Historical Load-Profile Data 87 HMI 180

I Indications Signaled by LEDs 369 Inspection 368 Installing the Battery 112 Internal Time Keeping 362 Internal Time Synchronization via RTC 364

L LED Indications 367 LEDs 121 Load Profile 184 Load-Profile 84, 94

M Mains Signalling Voltage 32 Maintenance 303 Meaning of the LEDs 121 Measurements 17, 40 Mechanical Design 26 Menu Tree of the Main Menu 343 Modbus RTU Master and Modbus Gateway 335 Modbus Slave Devices 1-8 239

447

MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 448 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM

O

V

Operating Parameters 397 Operation at Use of a PC 137 Operation at Use of the Display 337 Operational Indications 393 Operational Log 151, 313 Operational Measurements 40 Ordering Information 22

Value View and Evaluation 266

P Parameterization 18 Power Quality Measuring System 30 Power Quality Recorder Types 34, 37 Presets 309 Process Connections 163

R Recorders 18 Recording and Evaluation of Measurements 71 Recording and Reporting 190 Recording System 30 Replacing a Used Battery 113 RS485 Interface 128

S Safety Notes 117 SICAM Subdevices 252 Softkeys 27 Starting the User Interface 146 Synchronization of the Load Profile 89 System Requirements 119

T Tariffs 91 Tariffs (TOU) 186 Technical Data 379 Terminals 126 Time Synchronization 18, 213, 361 Transients 31

U User Information 17 User Interface 139, 144

448

SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019